10-K

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

[ X ] ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011

or

[    ] TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

 For the transition period from  to .

Commission file number   000-50961

METRO BANCORP, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Pennsylvania	25-1834776
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)	(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
3801 Paxton Street, P.O. Box 4999, Harrisburg, PA	17111-0999
(Address of principal executive offices)	(Zip Code)

 Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (888) 937-0004

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class	Name of each exchange on which registered
Common Stock, $1.00 par value	NASDAQ Stock Market LLC

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None

(Title of Class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 of Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Website, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes x No o

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer o Accelerated filer x Non-accelerated filer o Smaller reporting company o

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No x

The aggregate market value of voting stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of the last business day of the Company’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, June 30, 2011, was $145,614,067.

The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock, par value $1.00 per share, outstanding as of February 29, 2012 was 14,126,706.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE:

Part II incorporates certain information by reference to the registrant’s Annual Report to Shareholders for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2011 (the Annual Report). Part III incorporates certain information by reference to the registrant’s Proxy Statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, which the Company plans to file no later than April 30, 2012.

METRO BANCORP, INC.

FORM 10-K CROSS-REFERENCE INDEX

Part I.		Page
Item 1.	Business	1
Item 1A.	Risk Factors	8
Item 1B.	Unresolved Staff Comments	16
Item 2.	Properties	16
Item 3.	Legal Proceedings	16
Item 4.	Mine Safety Disclosures	16
Part II.
Item 5.	Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities	17
Item 6.	Selected Financial Data	18
Item 7.	Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
	(The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's 2011 Annual Report.)	19
Item 7A.	Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
	(The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's 2011 Annual Report.)	19
Item 8.	Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
	(The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company's 2011 Annual Report.)	19
Item 9.	Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure (This item is omitted since it is not applicable.)	19
Item 9A.	Controls and Procedures	19
Item 9B.	Other Information	21
Part III.
Item 10.	Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance	22
Item 11.	Executive Compensation	22
Item 12.	Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters	22
Item 13.	Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence	22
Item 14.	Principal Accounting Fees and Services	22
Part IV.
Item 15.	Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules	23
	Signatures

Part I.

Item 1. Business

Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which we refer to as the Exchange Act, with respect to the financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, future performance and business of Metro Bancorp, Inc. (Metro or the Company). These forward-looking statements are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for “forward-looking statements” provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are those that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors (some of which are beyond our control).  The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

While we believe our plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions as reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that any of them will be achieved.  You should understand that various factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this Form 10-K, could affect our future results and could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements, including:

• the effects of and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

• general economic or business conditions, either nationally, regionally or in the communities in which we do business, may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and loan performance or a reduced demand for credit;

• continued effects of the aftermath of recessionary conditions and the impacts on the economy in general and our customers in particular, including adverse impacts on loan utilization rates as well as delinquencies, defaults and customers ability to meet credit obligations;

• our ability to manage current elevated levels of impaired assets;

• the impact of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) and other changes in financial services’ laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance);

• changes resulting from legislative and regulatory actions with respect to the current economic and financial industry environment;

• changes in the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) deposit fund and the associated premiums that banks pay to the fund;

• interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations;

• the results of the regulatory examination and supervision process;

• unanticipated regulatory or legal proceedings and liabilities and other costs;

• compliance with laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state and local agencies;

• our ability to continue to grow our business internally and through acquisitions and successful integration of new or acquired entities while controlling costs;

• continued levels of loan volume origination;

• the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses (ALL);

• deposit flows;

• the willingness of customers to substitute competitors’ products and services for our products and services and vice versa, based on price, quality, relationship or otherwise;

• changes in consumer spending and saving habits relative to the financial services we provide;

• the ability to hedge certain risks economically;

1

• the loss of certain key officers;

• changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines;

• the timely development of competitive new products and services by us and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;

• rapidly changing technology;

• continued relationships with major customers;

• effect of terrorist attacks and threats of actual war;

• continued compliance with the April 29, 2010 consent order may result in increased noninterest expenses;

• expenses associated with modifications we are making to our logos in response to the Members 1st litigation and dismissal order;

• other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, pricing, products and services; and

• our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

Because such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements. The foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these factors or any of our forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document or, in the case of documents incorporated by reference, the dates of those documents. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of us except as required by applicable law.

The Company may, from time to time, make written or oral “forward-looking statements”, including statements contained in the Company’s filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) (including the annual report on Form 10-K and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

General

Metro Bancorp, Inc. is a Pennsylvania business corporation, which is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended.  The Company was incorporated as Pennsylvania Commerce Bancorp, Inc. on April 23, 1999 and became an active bank holding company on July 1, 1999 through the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of Commerce Bank/Harrisburg, N.A. The Company is a one-bank holding company head­quartered in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and provides full banking services through its subsidiary, Metro Bank (the Bank).

During the second quarter of 2009, Pennsylvania Commerce Bancorp, Inc. changed its name to Metro Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiary bank, Commerce Bank/Harrisburg changed its name to Metro Bank.  The entire Company was rebranded to Metro Bank. A Transition Agreement with TD Bank, N.A. and Commerce Bancorp LLC (formerly Commerce Bancorp, Inc.) required the Company to discontinue using the name “Commerce Bank” and, subject to certain limitations, the red “C” logo. Also pursuant to the agreement, the Company transitioned certain services that had been provided under a Master Service Agreement with TD Bank to a master agreement with Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (Fiserv).

On June 15, 2000, the Company issued $5 million of 11% Trust Capital Securities through Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust I, a Delaware business trust subsidiary of the Company. Proceeds of this offering were invested in the Bank and all $5 million of the Trust Capital Securities qualified as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company repurchased and retired the $5 million of Trust Capital Securities issued on June 15, 2000. On September 28, 2001, the Company issued $8 million of 10.00% Trust Capital Securities through Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust II, a Delaware business trust subsidiary of the Company.  Proceeds of this offering were invested in the Bank and all $8 million of the Trust Capital Securities qualifies as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.  On September 29, 2006, the Company issued $15 million of 7.75% Trust Capital Securities through Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust III, a Delaware business trust subsidiary of the Company.  Proceeds of this offering were invested in the Bank and all $15 million of the Trust Capital securities qualifies as Tier 1 Capital for regulatory capital purposes.

In 2009, upon the Bank’s acquisition of a 15% ownership interest in a local commercial property due to a foreclosure on a non-recourse loan, the Company created a new entity, MB Harrisburg Holdings, LLC to hold this property.  The only asset held by

2

this nonbanking subsidiary is the Company's percentage ownership in this property which had a fair market value of approximately $2.2 million as of December 31, 2011.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had approximately $2.42 billion in assets, $2.07 billion in deposits, $1.42 billion in total net loans (including loans held for sale) and $220.0 million in stockholders’ equity. The Company’s total revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income) were $113.5 million and the Company recorded net income of $289,000 for the year ended December 31, 2011.

The Company’s principal executive offices are located at 3801 Paxton Street, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17111, and its telephone number is (888) 937-0004. The Company’s internet address is www.mymetrobank.com.

As of December 31, 2011, the Company had 957 employees. Management believes the Company’s relationship with its employees is good.

On March 15, 2010, the Company and Republic First Bancorp, Inc. (Republic First), parent company of Republic First Bank, terminated their November 7, 2008 Agreement and Plan of Merger (Merger Agreement). The Merger Agreement would have merged Republic First into the Company. Except for a few select provisions, such as the continued confidentiality of certain shared information, the provisions of the Merger Agreement are not effective. See the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 15, 2010 and filed with the SEC on March 15, 2010 announcing the termination of the Merger Agreement.

Metro Bank

The Company has one reportable segment, consisting of Metro Bank, as described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in Item 8 of this Report.

On July 13, 1984, the Bank filed an application to establish a state-chartered banking institution with the Pennsylvania Department of Banking (Pa DOB). On September 7, 1984, the Bank was granted preliminary approval of its application and on September 11, 1984, was incorporated as a Pennsylvania state-chartered banking institution under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. The Bank opened for business on June 1, 1985.

On October 7, 1994, the Bank was converted from a Pennsylvania state-chartered banking institution to a national banking association under the laws of the United States of America and changed its name to “Commerce Bank/Harrisburg, National Association.”

On June 3, 2008, Metro Bank filed an application to convert from a national charter to a state-chartered banking institution with the Pa DOB. On November 7, 2008, the Pa DOB approved the application to convert from a national bank charter to a state bank charter. As a result of the conversion to a state-chartered bank, the Bank is supervised jointly by the Pa DOB and the FDIC. The Company is supervised by the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB), which supervises all bank holding companies.

The Bank provides a full range of retail and commercial banking services for consumers and small and mid-sized companies. The Bank’s lending and investment activities are funded principally by retail deposits gathered through its retail store office network.

Service Area

The Bank offers its lending and depository services from its main store in Lemoyne, Pennsylvania, and its thirty-two other full-service stores located in Cumberland, Dauphin, York, Berks, Lancaster and Lebanon Counties, Pennsylvania.

Retail and Commercial Banking Activities

The Bank provides a broad range of retail banking services and products including free personal checking accounts and business checking accounts (subject to a minimum balance), regular savings accounts, money market accounts, interest checking accounts, fixed rate certificates of deposit (CDs), individual retirement accounts, club accounts, debit card services, online banking including Pay Anyone, safe deposit facilities and automated teller facilities. Its services also include a full range of lending activities including commercial and industrial, owner occupied real estate, commercial construction and land development and commercial real estate loans, consumer loan programs (including installment loans for home improvement and the purchase of consumer goods and automobiles), home equity, overdraft checking protection, consumer and business credit cards. The Bank also offers construction loans and permanent mortgages for homes. The Bank is a participant in the Small Business Administration (SBA) Loan Program and is an approved lender for qualified applicants.

3

The Bank directs its commercial lending principally toward businesses that require funds within the Bank’s legal lending limit, as determined from time to time and that otherwise do business and/or are depositors with the Bank. The Bank also participates in inter-bank credit arrangements in order to take part in loans for amounts that are in excess of its lending limit or to limit the concentration of lending to any individual. The Company is not dependent on any one or more major customers and its business is not seasonal.

The Company has focused its strategy for growth, primarily on the further development of its community-based retail-banking network. The objective of this corporate strategy is to build earnings growth potential for the future as the retail store network matures. The Company’s store concept uses a prototype or standardized store office building, convenient locations and active marketing, all designed to attract retail deposits. While the Company has not yet announced plans to open any new stores in 2012 it does intend to continue to open multiple stores over the next several years, subject to regulatory approval. It has been the Company’s experience that most newly opened store offices incur operating losses during the first 18 to 24 months of operations and become profitable thereafter. The Company’s retail approach to banking emphasizes a combination of long-term customer relationships, quick responses to customer needs, active marketing, convenient locations, free checking for customers maintaining certain minimum balances and extended hours of operation.

Competitive Business Conditions / Competitive Position

The Company’s current primary service area, the South Central Pennsylvania area, including portions of Cumberland, Dauphin, York, Berks, Lancaster and Lebanon Counties, is characterized by significant competition for banking business. The Bank competes with local commercial banks as well as numerous regionally based commercial banks, some of which have assets, capital and lending limits larger than that of the Bank. The Bank competes with respect to its lending activities as well as in attracting demand, savings and time deposits with other commercial banks, savings banks, insurance companies, regulated small loan companies, credit unions and with issuers of commercial paper and other securities such as shares in money market funds. Among FDIC insured institutions, the Bank has a share of approximately 5% of the bank deposits in its market area.

Other institutions may have the ability to finance wide-ranging advertising campaigns and to allocate investment assets to regions of highest yield and demand. Many institutions offer services, such as trust services and international banking, which the Bank does not offer. Several institutions, by virtue of their greater total capital, have substantially higher lending limits than the Bank.

In order to compete with other financial institutions the Bank uses, to the fullest extent possible, the flexibility which independent status permits. This includes an emphasis on specialized services for the small businessperson and professional contacts by the Bank’s officers, directors and employees and the greatest possible efforts to understand fully the financial situation of relatively small borrowers. The size of such borrowers, in management’s opinion, often inhibits close attention to their needs by larger institutions. The Bank may seek to participate in loans with other financial institutions for amounts not to exceed the Bank’s legal lending limit (approximately $35.8 million as of December 31, 2011). As of the end of 2011, all participations totaled approximately $60.1 million.  Participations are used to more fully service customers whose loan demands exceed the Bank’s predetermined lending limit or to limit the Bank's concentration of credit to any individual or business.

In consumer transactions, the Bank believes it is able to compete on a substantially equal basis with larger financial institutions because it offers longer hours of operation, more personalized service and competitive interest rates on savings and time accounts with low minimum deposit requirements.

The Bank endeavors to be competitive with all competing financial institutions with respect to interest rates paid on time and savings deposits, its overdraft charges on deposit accounts and interest rates charged on loans.

Supervision and Regulation

The following discussion sets forth certain of the material elements of the regulatory framework applicable to bank holding companies and their subsidiaries and provides certain specific information relevant to the Company. The regulatory framework is intended primarily for the protection of depositors, other customers and the Federal Deposit Insurance Funds and not for the protection of security holders. To the extent that the following information describes statutory and regulatory provisions, it is qualified in its entirety by reference to the particular statutory and regulatory provisions. A change in applicable statutes, regulations or regulatory policy may have a material effect on the business of the Company.

The Company

The Company is subject to the jurisdiction of the SEC and of state securities commissions for matters relating to the offering and sale of its securities and is subject to the SEC’s rules and regulations relating to periodic reporting, reporting to shareholders, proxy

4

solicitation and insider trading.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 implemented a broad range of corporate governance, accounting and reporting measures for companies that have securities registered under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, such as the Company. Specifically, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act and the various regulations promulgated thereunder, established, among other things: (i) new requirements for audit committees, including independence, expertise and responsibilities; (ii) additional responsibilities regarding financial statements for the Chief Executive Officer (CEO) and Chief Financial Officer (CFO) of the reporting company; (iii) new standards for auditors and the regulation of audits, including independence provisions that restrict non-audit services that accountants may provide to their audit clients; (iv) increased disclosure and reporting obligations for the reporting company and their directors and executive officers, including accelerated reporting of stock transactions and a prohibition on trading during pension blackout periods; (v) a prohibition on personal loans to directors and officers, except certain loans made by insured financial institutions on non-preferential terms and in compliance with other bank regulatory requirements; and (vi) a range of new and increased civil and criminal penalties for fraud and other violations of the securities laws. The Company has addressed the requirements imposed by regulations relating to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, including forming a Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (and establishing its charter), adopting a Code of Ethics applicable to the Company’s CEO, CFO and principal accounting officer (in addition to the Code of Conduct already in place for all employees and Board Members of the Company) and meeting NASDAQ’s and the SEC’s procedural and disclosure requirements.

In 1999, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (better known as the Financial Services Modernization Act of 1999) became law. The law permits bank holding companies to become financial holding companies and thereby affiliate with securities firms and insurance companies and engage in other activities that are financial in nature. A bank holding company may become a financial holding company if each of its subsidiary banks is well-capitalized, is well managed and has at least a satisfactory rating under the Community Reinvestment Act, by filing a declaration that the bank holding company wishes to become a financial holding company. As explained below, the Bank meets these requirements but the Company has not elected to become a financial holding company. No regulatory approval is required for a financial holding company to acquire a company, other than a bank or savings association, engaged in activities that are financial in nature or incidental to activities that are financial in nature, as determined by the Federal Reserve Board. The Financial Services Modernization Act defines "financial in nature" to include: securities underwriting, dealing and market making; sponsoring mutual funds and investment companies; insurance underwriting and agency; merchant banking activities; and activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined to be closely related to banking. A national bank also may engage, subject to limitations on investment, in activities that are financial in nature, other than insurance underwriting, insurance company portfolio investment, real estate development and real estate investment, through a financial subsidiary of the bank, if the bank is well-capitalized, well-managed and has at least a satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act rating. Banks chartered under the Pennsylvania Banking Code are generally permitted to engage in the same types of activities that are permissible for national banks. We believe the Act and its implementing regulations have had a general effect of increasing competitive pressure in the banking industry and have had a greater impact on large regional and national institutions than on community-based institutions engaged principally in traditional banking activities, such as the Company.  Because the legislation permits bank holding companies to engage in activities previously prohibited altogether or severely restricted because of the risks they posed to the banking system, implementing regulations impose strict and detailed procedural safeguards on affiliations among banking and nonbanking companies in a holding company organization.

The Company is subject to the provisions of the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended and to supervision and examination by the FRB. Under the Bank Holding Company Act, the Company must secure the prior approval of the FRB before it may own or control, directly or indirectly, more than 5% of the voting shares or substantially all of the assets of any institution, including another bank (unless it already owns a majority of the voting stock of the bank).

Satisfactory financial condition, particularly with regard to capital adequacy and satisfactory Community Reinvestment Act ratings are generally prerequisites to obtaining federal regulatory approval to make acquisitions. The Bank is currently rated “satisfactory” under the Community Reinvestment Act. The Company and the Bank are both subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by Federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s financial statements. Management believes, as of December 31, 2011, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject. Also, at December 31, 2011, the consolidated capital levels of the Company and of the Bank met the definition of a “well-capitalized” financial institution. For further discussion regarding capital adequacy, please refer to Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, as well as Note 15 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included in Item 8 in this annual report on Form 10-K.

The Company is required to file an annual report with the Federal Reserve Board and any additional information that the Federal Reserve Board may require pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act. The Federal Reserve Board may also make examinations

5

of the Company and any or all of its subsidiaries. Further, a bank holding company and its subsidiaries are prohibited from engaging in certain tying arrangements in connection with the extension of credit or provision for any property or service. Thus, an affiliate of the Company, such as the Bank, may not condition the extension of credit, the lease or sale of property or furnishing of any services on (i) the customer’s obtaining or providing some additional credit, property or services from or to the Bank or other subsidiaries of the Company, or (ii) the customer’s refraining from doing business with a competitor of the Bank, the Company or of its subsidiaries. The Company or the Bank may impose conditions to the extent necessary to reasonably assure the soundness of credit extended.

Subsidiary banks of a bank holding company are subject to certain restrictions imposed by the Federal Reserve Act on (i) any extension of credit to the bank holding company or any of its subsidiaries, (ii) investments in the stock or other securities of the bank holding company and (iii) taking the stock or securities of the bank holding company as collateral for loans to any borrower.

The Dodd-Frank Act, became law on July 21, 2010 and will effect significant changes to the U.S. financial system. Much of this new law is subject to rulemaking by various agencies, including the Federal Reserve Board, the FDIC and the SEC. As these agencies adopt the requisite regulations, the law is progressively being implemented. Among other things, the Dodd-Frank Act:

• Created a Financial Stability Oversight Council to monitor the financial markets in order to identify systemic risks throughout the financial system, promote market discipline and respond promptly to any emerging market threats.

• Created the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection to ensure compliance with federal consumer protection laws and to adopt rules against unfair, deceptive or abusive practices in the consumer financial services industry. This is an independent bureau within the Federal Reserve System with broad authority. The bureau will consolidate consumer protection powers from other federal agencies, including the FDIC and the FRB, current federal regulators of the Bank and Company, respectively. The rulemaking and enforcement authority of the bureau took effect on July 21, 2011. The bureau has primary rulemaking and enforcement authority with regard to consumer financial protection laws over depository institutions with more than $10 billion in assets. This authority is secondary with respect to depository institutions, such as the Bank, with assets of less than $10 billion. The FDIC will retain primary rulemaking and enforcement authority over the Bank in the area of consumer financial protection even though the bureau will have authority to require reports from and to conduct limited examinations of the Bank.

• Requires the FDIC to increase the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF) reserve ratio to 1.35% by 2020, with offsets for the effect on banks, such as Metro, that have less than $10 billion in assets.

• Changed the calculation of each bank's FDIC insurance assessment to base the assessment on the difference between average assets and average tangible equity instead of deposits, effective April 1, 2011.

• Made permanent the federal deposit insurance limit of $250,000 which was instituted at the height of the U.S. financial crisis. Unlimited federal deposit insurance is provided until January 1, 2013 for noninterest-bearing accounts.

• Permits interest-bearing demand deposit accounts for businesses.

• Provides for enhanced supervision of the Company and permits direct examination of the Bank (a non-member bank) by the Federal Reserve Board.

• Increases the restrictions on interstate bank acquisitions and the purchase of assets from insiders.

• Contains provisions requiring minimum capital levels for bank holding companies that are the same as those required for insured depository institutions, with exceptions for bank holding companies with less than $15 billion in assets as of December 31, 2009.   The exceptions will permit the Company's existing trust preferred securities to continue to be treated as Tier 1 capital.

• Requires federal regulators, including the FDIC and SEC, to issue rules prohibiting depository institutions, depository institution holding companies and other financial institutions, as the federal regulators deem appropriate, from providing: (i) executive officers, employees, directors or principal shareholders with excessive compensation, fees, or benefits; or (ii) compensation that could lead to a material financial loss to the covered financial institution. Federal regulators have jointly proposed rules to implement these prohibitions but no final rules have been adopted.

• Implemented several corporate governance requirements applicable to publicly traded companies, including (i) non-binding, advisory shareholder votes on executive compensation and the frequency at which shareholders will vote on such compensation; (ii) a separate non-binding, advisory shareholder vote on compensation payments (“golden parachutes”) to executives when a company seeks shareholder approval of an acquisition, merger, or proposed sale when such payments are triggered by the transaction; (iii) authorization for the SEC rules requiring public companies to include in a company's proxy statement certain shareholders' nominations for the board of directors; (iv) new independence requirements for a company's compensation committee; (v) requirements that a public company adopt a policy mandating

6

recovery of incentive compensation from a current or former executive in the event a restatement of the financial statement is required due to material noncompliance with the SEC's financial reporting requirements; and (vi) enhanced disclosure of the compensation paid to a CEO to include such compensation relative to the company's performance and to the median employee compensation. Some of these requirements have become final by the adoption of implementing regulations.

As the various provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act become effective, the Company is adopting the necessary policies and procedures to assure it is in compliance.

The Bank

The Bank became a state-chartered bank on November 7, 2008, following approval by the Pa DOB of the Bank’s application to convert from a national bank charter to a state bank charter. As a nationally chartered bank, the Bank had been subject to regulation, supervision and examination by the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency. The Bank is now supervised jointly by the Pa DOB and the FDIC. The Bank’s deposits are insured by the FDIC up to applicable legal limits. Some of the aspects of the lending and deposit business of the Bank that are regulated by these agencies include personal lending, mortgage lending and reserve requirements. The approval of these agencies is required for the establishment of additional store offices. The Bank is also subject to numerous federal, state and local laws and regulations which set forth specific restrictions and procedural requirements with respect to the payment of dividends to the Company, extension of credit, credit practices, the disclosure of credit terms and discrimination in credit transactions. 

Under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, subject to certain exceptions, no person may acquire control of the Bank without giving at least sixty days’ prior written notice to the FDIC. Under this Act and its regulations, control of the Bank is generally presumed to be the power to vote ten percent (10%) or more of the common stock. The FDIC is empowered to disapprove any such acquisition of control.

The amount of funds that the Bank may lend to a single borrower is limited generally under the Pennsylvania Banking Code of 1965 to 15% of the aggregate of its capital, surplus and undivided profits and capital securities (all as defined by statute and regulation).

The FDIC has authority under the Financial Institutions Supervisory Act to prohibit state banks from engaging in any activity, which, in the FDIC’s opinion, constitutes an unsafe or unsound practice in conducting their businesses. The Federal Reserve Board has similar authority with respect to the Company.

As a consequence of the extensive regulation of commercial banking activities in the United States, the Company’s business is particularly susceptible to the effects of federal and state legislation and regulations, which may affect the cost of doing business.

The Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 (USA Patriot Act) imposes additional obligations on U.S. financial institutions, including banks, to implement policies, procedures and controls, which are reasonably designed to detect and report instances of money laundering and the financing of terrorism. In addition, provisions of the USA Patriot Act require the federal financial institution regulatory agencies to consider the effectiveness of a financial institution's anti-money laundering activities when reviewing bank applications.

The Emergency Economic Stabilization Act of 2008, signed into law on October 3, 2008, authorized the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Treasury (Treasury) to establish the Troubled Assets Relief Program (TARP) to purchase “troubled assets”.  Troubled assets are broadly defined to include residential or commercial mortgages and any securities, obligations or other instruments that are based on, or related to, such mortgages; also included are financial instruments the Treasury determined to purchase in order to promote financial market stability. Pursuant to the TARP, the Treasury established the Capital Purchase Program (CPP) through which it made capital investments in banking institutions in order to strengthen and stabilize U.S. financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act capped the TARP purchase authority at $475 billion, down from the $700 billion originally allocated. After October 3, 2010, no new TARP investments could be made. The Bank did not participate in the TARP or the CPP in 2008, 2009 or 2010.

Also in October 2008, the FDIC announced the Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program (TLGP), a guarantee program designed to strengthen confidence and encourage liquidity in the banking system by guaranteeing newly issued senior unsecured debt of banks, thrifts and certain holding companies and by providing full coverage of noninterest-bearing deposit transaction accounts, regardless of dollar amount. The Bank participated in a component of the FDIC's TLGP called the Transaction Account Guarantee Program (TAGP). Under that program, all noninterest-bearing transaction accounts were fully guaranteed by the FDIC for the entire amount in the account through December 31, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act extended this full deposit guarantee until January

7

1, 2013. Coverage under the TAGP is in addition to and separate from the coverage available under the FDIC's general deposit insurance rules.

National Monetary Policy

In addition to being affected by general economic conditions, the earnings and growth of the Company are affected by the policies of regulatory authorities, including the Pa DOB, the FRB and the FDIC. An important function of the FRB is to regulate the money supply and credit conditions. Among the instruments used to implement these objectives are open market operations in U.S. Government securities, setting the discount rate and changes in reserve requirements against bank deposits. These instruments are used in varying combinations to influence overall growth and distribution of credit, bank loans, investments and deposits and their use may also affect interest rates charged on loans or paid on deposits.

The monetary policies and regulations of the FRB have had a significant effect on the operating results of commercial banks in the past and are expected to continue to do so in the future. The effects of such policies upon the future business, earnings and growth of the Company cannot be predicted.

Environmental Laws

The costs and effects of compliance with environmental laws, federal, state and local, on the Company are minimal.

Available Information

The Company makes available (free of charge) under the Investor Relations link on its website, www.mymetrobank.com, its annual report on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act as soon as reasonably practicable after the Company electronically files such material with, or furnishes to, the SEC.  Additionally, the SEC maintains an Internet site that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at the web address, www.sec.gov. The Company's reports, proxy statements and other information are available for inspection and copying at the SEC Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, DC, 20549 at prescribed rates. The public may obtain information on the operation of the Public Reference Room by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

The Company’s financial results are subject to a number of risks. The factors discussed below highlight risks that management believes are most relevant to the Company’s current operations. This list does not capture all risks associated with the Company’s business. Additional risks, including those that generally affect the banking and financial services industries and those that management currently believes are immaterial may also negatively impact the Company’s liquidity, financial position, or results of operations.

Changes in the credit risk of our borrowers could negatively affect our results of operations and financial condition.

Our results of operations and financial condition are affected by the ability of our borrowers to repay their loans. Lending money is an essential part of the banking business. However, borrowers do not always repay their loans. The risk of non-payment is affected by changes in economic conditions, the credit risks of a particular borrower, the duration of the loan and in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral and other factors.

Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower’s continuing financial stability and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on these loans.

While we intend to maintain a prudent approach to extending credit by undertaking due diligence and credit scoring to determine the risk of each credit application, there can be no guarantee that these measures will be sufficient to mitigate our exposure to credit risk. If we fail to adequately manage our credit risk, we could be materially and adversely affected. 

We may be required to make further increases in our provisions for loan losses and to charge off additional loans in the future, which could materially adversely affect us.

There is no precise method of predicting loan losses. We can give no assurance that our ALL is or will be sufficient to absorb actual loan losses. We maintain an ALL, which is established through a provision for loan losses charged to expense, and which

8

represents management’s best estimate of probable future losses within the Bank's existing portfolio of loans. The allowance, in the judgment of management, is necessary to reserve for estimated loan losses and risks inherent in the loan portfolio. The level of the allowance reflects management’s continuing evaluation of specific credit risks; loan loss experience; current loan portfolio quality; present economic, political and regulatory conditions; industry concentrations and other unidentified losses inherent in the current loan portfolio. The determination of the appropriate level of the ALL inherently involves a high degree of subjectivity and judgment and requires us to make significant estimates of current credit risks and future trends, all of which may undergo material changes. Changes in economic conditions affecting borrowers, new information regarding existing loans, identification of additional problem loans and other factors, both within and outside of our control, may require us to increase our ALL. Increases in nonperforming loans have a significant impact on our ALL. While nationally, the economy is slowly recovering, certain sectors, such as real estate, remain weak and unemployment remains high. Until the economy fully recovers, including the economic conditions in our market areas, we may continue to be negatively impacted and we could continue to experience increased delinquencies and credit losses, particularly with respect to real estate construction loans, land acquisition and development loans and one-to-four family residential mortgage loans.

In addition, bank regulatory agencies periodically review our ALL and may require us to increase the provision for loan losses or to recognize further loan charge-offs, based on judgments that differ from those of management. If loan charge-offs in future periods exceed our ALL, we will need to record additional provisions to increase our ALL. Furthermore, growth in our loan portfolio would generally lead to an increase in the provision for loan losses. Any increases in our ALL will result in a negative impact on net income and capital and may have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 

Our high percentage of commercial loans presents a greater risk of non-payment.

Generally, commercial and industrial, commercial construction and land development and commercial real estate loans present a greater risk of non-payment by a borrower than other types of loans. These loans comprised 22%, 7% and 25%, respectively, of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2011.  The market value of real estate, particularly real estate held for investment, can fluctuate significantly in a relatively short period of time. In addition, the economic downturn has caused several businesses to close. If the value of the real estate or other business assets serving as collateral for our loan portfolio were to decline materially, a significant part of our loan portfolio could become under-collateralized, resulting in a material adverse effect on our provision for loan losses and on our operating results.

Our earnings and financial condition may be negatively impacted by a continued downturn in the economy of South Central Pennsylvania.

Metro’s business is concentrated in South Central Pennsylvania. Our earnings and financial condition are dependent upon the growth in businesses, population, income, deposits and housing in this geographic area. In the previous twelve months, South Central Pennsylvania has seen the opening of few businesses, the closing of manufacturing properties and offices and continued layoffs of personnel, although state-wide the employment rate is slightly better than at the beginning of the fiscal year. Because of the concentration of our business in this region, we are unable to spread the risks of the slow economy over a large geographic area. While we experienced a 13% growth in our total deposits in 2011, a sluggish economy could slow that growth in 2012 and otherwise adversely affect our earnings and financial condition.

Unfavorable economic and market conditions due to the current global financial crisis may materially and adversely affect us.

Economic and market conditions in the United States and around the world deteriorated significantly during the recession and may remain depressed for the foreseeable future. Amid signs of an improving U.S. economy (e.g., fewer claims for jobless benefits at the beginning of 2012, improving manufacturing activity and rising consumer confidence), the economic outlook remains subject to high uncertainty and downside risks. The crisis in the European Union persists and could threaten the U.S. recovery. Conditions such as slowing or negative growth and the sub-prime debt devaluation crisis have resulted in a low level of liquidity in many financial markets and extreme volatility in credit, equity and fixed income markets. These economic developments could have various effects on us, including insolvency of major customers and a negative impact on the investment income we are able to earn on our investment portfolio. The potential effects of the current global financial crisis are difficult to forecast and mitigate. As a consequence, our operating results for a particular period are difficult to predict. Distress in the credit markets and issues relating to liquidity among financial institutions have resulted in the failure of some financial institutions around the world and others have been forced to seek acquisition partners. The United States and other governments have taken unprecedented steps in efforts to continue or stabilize the financial system, including investing in financial institutions. There can be no assurance that these efforts will succeed. We could be materially adversely affected by: (1) continued or accelerated disruption and volatility in financial markets; (2) continued capital and liquidity concerns regarding financial institutions; (3) limitations resulting from further

9

governmental action in an effort to continue the stabilization or provide additional regulation of the financial system; or (4) recessionary conditions that are deeper or longer lasting than currently anticipated. The Bank cannot be assured that any governmental action would benefit the Bank. 

Our results of operations may be materially and adversely affected by other-than-temporary impairment (OTTI) charges relating to our investment portfolio.

We may be required to record future impairment charges on our investment securities if they suffer declines in value that we determine are other-than-temporary. Numerous factors, including the lack of liquidity for resales of certain investment securities, the absence of reliable pricing information for investment securities, adverse changes in the business climate, adverse regulatory actions or unanticipated changes in the competitive environment, could have a negative effect on our investment portfolio in future periods. If an impairment charge is significant enough, it could affect the ability of the Bank to pay dividends to us, which could materially adversely affect us and our ability to pay dividends to shareholders. Significant impairment charges could also negatively impact our regulatory capital ratios and result in us not being classified as “well-capitalized” for regulatory purposes. 

We may be required to pay higher FDIC insurance premiums or special assessments which may adversely affect our earnings.

Poor economic conditions and the resulting bank failures have increased the costs of the FDIC and depleted its deposit insurance fund.  Additional bank failures may prompt the FDIC to increase its premiums above the recently increased levels or to issue special assessments. We generally are unable to control the amount of premiums or special assessments that our subsidiary bank is required to pay for FDIC insurance. Any future changes in the calculation or assessment of FDIC insurance premiums may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations, financial condition, and our ability to continue to pay dividends on our common stock at the current rate or at all.

We plan to continue to grow rapidly but there are limitations and risks associated with rapid growth.

Prior to 2009, we experienced significant growth in net income, assets, loans and deposits. Our increase in total deposits slowed to only 1% in 2010; however, in 2011 we experienced a 13% increase in total deposits. Our growth continues to be achieved through organic growth. We intend to continue to expand our business and operations in our existing Central Pennsylvania footprint as well as open new stores in Metro Philadelphia. 

Subject to regulatory approvals, we are targeting to open approximately 9 new stores over the next five years. We anticipate the cost to construct and furnish a new store will be approximately $3 to $4 million, excluding the cost to lease or purchase the land on which the store is located. Our ability to manage growth successfully will depend on our ability to attract qualified personnel and maintain cost controls and asset quality while attracting additional loans and deposits on favorable terms with our high quality service and low fees, as well as on factors beyond our control, such as economic conditions and competition. If we grow too quickly and are not able to attract qualified personnel, control costs and maintain asset quality, this continued rapid growth could materially adversely affect us. 

Growth may require us to raise additional capital in the future, but that capital may not be available when it is needed and on terms favorable to current shareholders.

We anticipate that our existing capital will satisfy our capital requirements for the foreseeable future. In September 2009, we completed a successful common stock offering which raised nearly $78 million. This additional capital provides the foundation for aggressive store growth, both de novo and through acquisitions of existing banks. However, we may at some point need to raise additional capital to support continued growth.  Our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, will depend on various matters, including our financial condition, liquidity and results of operations, as well as on conditions in the capital markets at that time, which are outside of our control. The current financial crisis affecting the banking system and financial markets, which has resulted in a tightening in the credit markets, could have an adverse effect on our ability to raise additional capital. Accordingly, we cannot assure you of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on favorable terms, or at all. If we cannot raise additional capital when needed, our ability to further expand our operations through internal growth, branching and/or acquisitions could be materially impaired. 

If we raise capital through the issuance of additional shares of our common stock or other securities, it would likely dilute the ownership interests of current shareholders and could dilute the per share book value and earnings per share of our common stock. Consequently, a capital raise through issuance of additional shares may have an adverse impact on our stock price. Furthermore, new investors also may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to our current shareholders, which may adversely impact

10

current shareholders.

We must continue to attract and retain qualified personnel and maintain cost controls and asset quality.

Our ability to manage growth successfully will depend on our ability to continue to attract and retain management experienced in banking and financial services and familiar with the communities in our market area. As we grow, we must be able to attract and retain qualified additional management and loan officers with the appropriate level of experience and knowledge about our market areas to implement our operating strategy. The unexpected loss of services of any key management personnel, or the inability to recruit and retain qualified personnel in the future, could materially adversely affect us.  If we grow too quickly and are not able to attract qualified personnel and maintain cost controls and asset quality, this continued rapid growth could materially adversely affect us. 

We may be adversely affected by lawsuits alleging trademark infringement.

On or about June 15, 2009, we changed our name and the name of the Bank and began using the red “M” logo.  Several companies in the United States, including companies in the banking and financial services industries, use variations of the word “Metro” and the letter “M” as part of a trademark or trade name.  As such, we face potential objections to our use of these marks.

On or about June 19, 2009, Members 1st Federal Credit Union (Members 1st), filed a complaint in the United States District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania against Metro Bancorp, Inc. and Metro Bank. Members 1st claimed federal trademark infringement, federal unfair competition and common law trademark infringement and unfair competition by Metro in Metro’s use of a red letter “M” alone, or in conjunction with its trade name “Metro”. Members 1st alleged that such use infringes Members 1st’s federally registered and common law trademark for the mark M1ST (stylized).   On February 25, 2011, the parties to this lawsuit executed and filed with the court a Stipulation and Proposed Order of Dismissal under which the complaint against Metro and the Bank was dismissed without prejudice. While Metro made certain modifications to its logos, we can provide no assurance that the Members 1st lawsuit will not be reinstituted at a later time or that other trademark infringement actions will not be brought against us.

Changes in interest rates could reduce our net income and liquidity.

Our operating income, net income and liquidity depend to a great extent on our net interest margin, i.e., the difference between the interest yields we receive on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest rates we pay on interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities. These rates are highly sensitive to many factors beyond our control, including competition, general economic conditions and monetary and fiscal policies of various governmental and regulatory authorities, including the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System. If the rate of interest we pay on our interest-bearing deposits, borrowings and other liabilities increases more than the rate of interest we receive on loans, securities and other interest-earning assets, our net interest income and therefore our earnings and liquidity could be materially adversely affected. Our earnings and liquidity could also be materially adversely affected if the rates on our loans, securities and other investments fall more quickly than those on our deposits, borrowings and other liabilities. Our operations are subject to risks and uncertainties surrounding our exposure to change in the interest rate environment.

Competition from other banks and financial institutions in originating loans, attracting deposits and providing various financial services may adversely affect our profitability and liquidity.

We have substantial competition in originating loans, both commercial and consumer in our market area. This competition comes principally from other banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking companies and other lenders. Several of our competitors enjoy advantages, including greater financial resources and access to capital, higher lending limits, a wider geographic presence, more accessible branch office locations, more aggressive marketing campaigns, better brand recognition, the ability to offer a wider array of services or more favorable pricing alternatives, as well as lower origination and operating costs. This competition could reduce our net income and liquidity by decreasing the number and size of loans that the Bank originates and the interest rates we may charge on these loans. 

The same competitor advantages listed above exist in attempting to attract business and consumer deposits. The Bank faces substantial competition from other insured depository institutions such as banks, savings institutions and credit unions, as well as institutions offering uninsured investment alternatives, including money market funds. These competitors may offer higher interest rates than the Bank, which could decrease the deposits that the Bank attracts or require the Bank to increase its rates to retain existing deposits or attract new deposits. Increased deposit competition could materially adversely affect our ability to generate the funds necessary for lending operations. As a result, we may need to seek other sources of funds that may be more expensive to obtain and could increase our cost of funds. 

11

Our share price may fluctuate.

The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to many factors, including, but not limited to: 

• actual or anticipated variations in our results of operations, liquidity or financial condition;

• changes in our earnings estimates or those of analysts;

• our failure to pay dividends on common stock;

• publication of research reports about us or the banking industry generally;

• changes in market valuations of similar companies;

• the effects of and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

• general economic or business conditions, either nationally, regionally or in the communities in which we do business, may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and loan performance or a reduced demand for credit;

• continued effects of the aftermath of recessionary conditions and the impacts on the economy in general and our customers in particular, including adverse impacts on loan utilization rates as well as delinquencies, defaults and customers ability to meet credit obligations;

• our ability to manage current elevated levels of impaired assets;

• the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and other changes in financial services’ laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance);

• changes resulting from legislative and regulatory actions with respect to the current economic and financial industry environment;

• interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations;

• the results of the regulatory examination and supervision process;

• unanticipated regulatory or legal proceedings and liabilities and other costs;

• compliance with laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state and local agencies;

• our ability to continue to grow our business internally and through acquisition and successful integration of new or acquired entities while controlling costs;

• continued levels of loan volume origination;

• the adequacy of the ALL;

• deposit flows;

• the willingness of customers to substitute competitors’ products and services for our products and services and vice versa, based on price, quality, relationship or otherwise;

• changes in consumer spending and saving habits relative to the financial services we provide;

• the ability to hedge certain risks economically;

• the loss of certain key officers;

• changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines;

• the timely development of competitive new products and services by us and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;

• rapidly changing technology;

• continued relationships with major customers;

• effect of terrorist attacks and threats of actual war;

• other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations,

12

pricing, products and services; and

• our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

Stock markets, in general, have experienced over the past few years and continue to experience significant price and volume volatility and the market price of our common stock may continue to be subject to similar market fluctuations that may be unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. Increased market volatility could result in a substantial decline in the market price of our common stock.

Our common stock is not insured by any governmental entity and, therefore, an investment in our common stock involves risk.

Our common stock is not a deposit account or other obligation of any bank and is not insured by the FDIC or any other governmental entity and is subject to investment risk, including possible loss.

There may be future sales of our common stock, which may materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock.

We issued 6.88 million shares of our common stock in a public offering in September 2009. We are not restricted from issuing additional shares of our common stock, including securities that are convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock.

Additionally, the sale of substantial amounts of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock, whether directly by us or by existing common stockholders in the secondary market, the perception that such sales could occur or the availability for future sale of shares of our common stock or securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for our common stock could, in turn, materially and adversely affect the market price of our common stock and our ability to raise capital through future offerings of equity or equity-related securities. In addition, we may issue other equity securities that are senior to our common stock in the future for a number of reasons, including, without limitation, to support operations and growth, to maintain our capital ratios and to comply with any future changes in regulatory standards. 

Our common stock is currently traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market. During the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, the average daily trading volume for our common stock was approximately 52,000 shares.  As a result, a sale of a substantial number of shares of our common stock may place significant downward pressure on the market price of our common stock. Furthermore, it may be difficult for holders to resell their shares at prices they find attractive, or at all. 

Our common stock is subordinate to our existing and future indebtedness and preferred stock and effectively subordinated to all indebtedness and preferred equity claims against our subsidiaries.

Shares of our common stock are common equity interests in us and, as such, will rank junior to all of our existing and future indebtedness and other liabilities. Additionally, holders of our common stock are subject to the prior dividend and liquidation rights of holders of our outstanding preferred stock. Our board of directors is authorized to issue additional classes or series of preferred stock without any action on the part of the holders of our common stock. Furthermore, our right to participate in a distribution of assets upon any of our subsidiaries’ liquidation or reorganization is subject to the prior claims of that subsidiary’s creditors and preferred stockholders.

Our ability to pay dividends depends upon the results of operations of our subsidiaries.

Neither the Company nor the Bank has declared or paid cash dividends on its common stock since the Bank began operations in June 1985. Our board of directors intends to follow a policy of retaining earnings for the purpose of increasing the Company's and the Bank's capital for the foreseeable future. Although the board of directors anticipates establishing a cash dividend policy in the future, no assurance can be given that cash dividends will be paid. 

Holders of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends if, as and when declared from time to time by our board of directors in its sole discretion out of funds legally available for that purpose, after debt service payments and payments of dividends required to be paid on our outstanding preferred stock, if any.  

While we are not subject to certain restrictions on dividends applicable to a bank, our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock will depend to a large extent upon the amount of dividends paid by the Bank to Metro. The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary, the Bank. There are various legal and regulatory limitations on the extent to which

13

the Bank can, among other things, finance, or otherwise supply funds to, the Company. Specifically, dividends from the Bank are the principal source of the Company's cash funds and there are certain legal restrictions under Pennsylvania law and Pennsylvania banking regulations on the payment of dividends by state-chartered banks. The relevant regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit the Company and the Bank from engaging in what, in the opinion of such regulatory body, constitutes an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The payment of dividends could, depending upon the financial condition of the Company and the Bank, be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.

“Anti-takeover” provisions may make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us, even if the change in control would be beneficial to our shareholders.

We are a Pennsylvania corporation. Anti-takeover provisions in Pennsylvania law and our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire control of us. These provisions could adversely affect the market price of our common stock and could reduce the amount that shareholders might receive if we are sold. For example, our Articles of Incorporation provide that our board of directors may issue up to 960,000 shares of preferred stock without shareholder approval, subject to the rights of the outstanding shares of preferred stock. In addition, “anti-takeover” provisions in our Articles of Incorporation and federal and state laws, including Pennsylvania law, may restrict a third party’s ability to obtain control of the Company and may prevent shareholders from receiving a premium for their shares of our common stock. 

Our executive officers, directors and other five percent or greater shareholders own a significant percentage of our Company and could influence matters requiring approval by our shareholders.

As of December 31, 2011, our executive officers and directors as a group owned and had the right to vote approximately 11.6% of our outstanding stock and other five percent or greater shareholders, which are institutional holders who have  sole or shared voting power with the beneficial owners of the stock, owned and had the right to vote approximately 31.0% of our outstanding common stock. These shareholders, acting together, would be able to influence matters requiring approval by our shareholders, including the election of directors. This concentration of ownership might also have the effect of delaying or preventing a change of control of Metro. 

We operate in a highly regulated environment; changes in laws and regulations and accounting principles may materially adversely affect us.

We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision and legislation which govern almost all aspects of our operations. The laws and regulations applicable to the banking industry could change at any time and are primarily intended for the protection of customers, depositors and the deposit insurance funds. Any changes to these laws, regulations or any applicable accounting principles may materially adversely affect us. The Dodd-Frank Act became law on July 21, 2010 and will implement significant changes to the U.S. financial system. Information concerning this law is incorporated by reference to the discussion in this report under "Item 1. Business-Supervision and Regulation." Among the key provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act is the creation of the Bureau of Consumer Financial Protection (Bureau), which is an independent bureau within the Federal Reserve System with broad authority in the consumer finance industry. The Bureau has the authority through rulemaking, orders, policy statements, guidance and enforcement actions to administer and enforce federal consumer financial laws. These laws were previously administered for all banking institutions by different federal agencies, including the FDIC and the Federal Reserve, both current federal regulators of the Bank and Company, respectively. Going forward, the Bureau will administer federal consumer protection laws for all financial institutions with total assets greater than $10 billion. The FDIC will continue to administer such laws for Metro as long as our total assets do not exceed $10 billion. The Bureau's jurisdiction over the Bank will be secondary to the FDIC; however, the Bureau will have authority to require reports from and to conduct limited examinations of the Bank. The impact of the Dodd-Frank Act on the Company's financial position cannot be estimated at this time. As the required regulations are adopted by the applicable federal agencies and the various provisions of the new law are implemented, the Company will adopt the necessary policies and procedures to assure its compliance.

Our internal control systems are inherently limited.

Our systems of internal controls, disclosure controls and corporate governance policies and procedures are inherently limited.  The inherent limitations of our system of internal controls include the use of judgment in decision-making that can be faulty; breakdowns can occur because of human error or mistakes; and controls can be circumvented by individual acts or by collusion of two or more people. The design of any system of controls is based in part upon certain assumptions about the likelihood of future events, and any design may not succeed in achieving its stated goals under all potential future conditions. Because of the inherent limitation of a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and may not be detected, which may have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations or financial condition. Additionally, any plans of remediation for any identified limitations may be ineffective in improving our internal controls.

14

Our financial performance may suffer if our information technology is unable to keep pace with growth or industry developments.

Effective and competitive delivery of our products and services is increasingly dependent upon information technology resources and processes, both those provided internally as well as those provided through third party vendors. In addition to better serving customers, the effective use of technology increases efficiency and enables us to reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our customers by using technology to provide products and services to enhance customer convenience, as well as to create additional efficiencies in our operations. Many of our competitors have greater resources to invest in technological improvements. Additionally, as technology in the financial services industry changes and evolves, keeping pace becomes increasingly complex and expensive for us.  There can be no assurance that we will be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services, which could reduce our ability to compete effectively.

A failure in or a breach of our information systems or infrastructure, including as a result of cyber attacks, could disrupt our business, damage our reputation, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

In the ordinary course of the Bank's business activities, including the ongoing maintenance of deposits, loan and other account relationships for the Bank's customers, receiving instructions and effecting transactions for those customers and other users of the Bank's products and services, the Bank regularly collects, processes, transmits and stores significant amounts of confidential information regarding its customers, employees and others. In addition to confidential information regarding the Bank's customers, employees and others, the Company and in some cases a third party, compiles, processes, transmits and stores proprietary, non-public information concerning its own business, operations, plans and strategies.

Information security risks for the Bank and other financial institutions have significantly increased in recent years in part because of the proliferation of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies to conduct financial transactions, and the increased sophistication and activities of organized crime, hackers, terrorists and other external parties. Our Company relies on digital technologies, computer and email systems, software, and networks to conduct secure processing, transmission and storage of confidential information. In addition, to access our products and services, our customers may use personal smart phones, tablet PCs and other mobile devices that are beyond our control systems. Our technologies, systems, networks and our customers' devices have been subject to, and are likely to continue to be the target of, cyber attacks, computer viruses, malicious code, phishing attacks or information security breaches that could result in the unauthorized use, loss or destruction of our or our customers' confidential information, or otherwise disrupt our or our customers' or other third parties' business operations. We believe that it is more likely than not that such attempted attacks may continue.

Although the Company uses a variety of physical, procedural and technological safeguards to protect confidential information from mishandling, misuse or loss, these safeguards do not provide absolute assurance that mishandling, misuse or loss of the information will not occur, and that if mishandling, misuse or loss of the information did occur, those events will be promptly detected and addressed. A failure in or breach of the Company's operational or information security system, or those of a third-party service provider, as a result of cyber-attacks or information security breaches could have a material adverse affect on our business, damage our reputation, increase our costs and/or cause significant losses. Although the Company believes that it currently has adequate information security procedures and other safeguards in place and the Company will continue to make it a priority to develop and enhance controls and processes designed to safeguard our information systems from attacks, damage or unauthorized access, as information security risks and cyber threats continue to evolve, the Company may be required to expend substantial resources to further enhance its information security measures and/or to investigate and remediate any information security vulnerabilities.

Compliance with the Consent Order May Result in Significant Noninterest Expenses

On April 29, 2010, the Bank consented and agreed to the issuance of a Consent Order (Order) by the FDIC, the Bank's federal banking regulator and a substantially similar consent order by the Pa DOB.  Following issuance of the orders and the Bank's implementation of compliance measures, the Company believes this factor should be considered as possibly having a negative impact on the Company's liquidity, financial position, or results of operations.

The Order required the Bank to take all necessary steps, consistent with the Order and sound banking practices, to correct and prevent certain unsafe or unsound banking practices and violations of law or regulation alleged by the FDIC to have been committed by the Bank. Among other things, the Order required certain analyses and assessments, including an analysis and assessment of the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) staffing needs and qualifications and an analysis and assessment of the independence and performance of the Bank's directors and senior executive officers. It also required the

15

development, adoption and implementation of a system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with BSA and OFAC provisions; training programs to ensure that all appropriate personnel are aware of and can comply with applicable requirements of BSA and OFAC provisions; periodic reviews by internal and external auditors of compliance with BSA and OFAC provisions; and a review by an independent third party of the Bank's compliance with the Order. The Bank retained consultants and advisors for assistance and has incurred significant consulting and legal fees in the necessary review, analysis and remediation in efforts to comply with the Order. The Bank continues with its efforts to ensure compliance with the Order and believes it is in substantial compliance with the material terms and conditions of the Order.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

As of December 31, 2011, the Company owned 18 properties and leased 25 other properties. The properties owned are not subject to any material liens, encumbrances, or collateral assignments. The properties primarily represent current stores, future store sites, loan production offices, or other operational support locations. The principal executive office of the Company is owned and is located at 3801 Paxton Street, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania, 17111. The Bank presently has 33 stores located in the following Pennsylvania counties: Cumberland, Dauphin, York, Berks, Lancaster and Lebanon.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

Information concerning the trademark infringement action against us instituted on or about June 19, 2009 by Members 1st Federal Credit Union and dismissed without prejudice by mutual consent of the parties on February 25, 2011, is incorporated herein by reference to the discussion in this report under “Item 1A. Risk Factors - We may be adversely affected by lawsuits alleging trademark infringement.” Metro and Members 1st consented to the entry of the dismissal order without either party admitting to any factual or legal claim or defense.

The Company is subject to certain legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. It is management’s opinion that the ultimate resolution of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial position and results of operations. In addition, no material proceedings are pending, known to be threatened, or contemplated against the Company by governmental authorities. The Company is not required to make any disclosures pursuant to Section 6707A(e) of the Internal Revenue Code.

Item 4.  Mine Safety Disclosures

None.

16

Part II.

Item 5.  Market For Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Metro Bancorp, Inc. common stock currently trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol METR.  The table below sets forth the prices on the NASDAQ Global Select Market for the period beginning January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2011.  As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 3,500 holders of record of the Company’s common stock.

	Sales Price
Quarter Ended:	High		Low
December 31, 2011	$	9.30	$	7.75
September 30, 2011	11.90		8.30
June 30, 2011	12.90		10.30
March 31, 2011	12.85		10.88
December 31, 2010	$	11.33	$	9.30
September 30, 2010	13.45		9.05
June 30, 2010	14.76		11.72
March 31, 2010	14.22		10.82

Dividends and Dividend History

The Company distributed to common stockholders 5% common stock dividends in December 1992 and annually from February 1994 through February 2004. The Company also distributed to common stockholders a two-for-one stock split (payable in the form of a 100% stock dividend) on August 7, 1995 and again on February 25, 2005. Neither the Company nor the Bank has declared or paid cash dividends on its common stock since the Bank began operations in June 1985. The board of directors intends to follow a policy of retaining earnings for the purpose of increasing the Company’s and the Bank’s capital for the foreseeable future. Although the board of directors anticipates establishing a cash dividend policy in the future, no assurance can be given that cash dividends will be paid.

The holders of common stock of the Company are entitled to receive dividends as may be declared by the board of directors with respect to the common stock out of funds of the Company. While the Company is not subject to certain restrictions on dividends and stock redemptions applicable to a bank, the ability of the Company to pay dividends to the holders of its common stock will depend to a large extent upon the amount of dividends paid by the Bank to the Company. Regulatory authorities restrict the amount of cash dividends the Bank can declare without prior regulatory approval. Presently, the Bank cannot declare or pay dividends unless it has established a surplus account equal to at least the amount of its capital and the dividend is paid out of retained earnings for the year of the dividend payment subject to risk-based capital requirements. Further, the dividend payment must not result in a reduction of the surplus account.

The ability of the Company to pay dividends on its common stock in the future will depend on the earnings and the financial condition of the Bank and the Company. The Company’s ability to pay dividends will be subject to the prior payment by the Company of principal and interest on any debt obligations it may incur in the future as well as other factors that may exist at the time.

Information concerning securities authorized for issuance under equity compensation plans is set forth in Note 14 to the Consolidated Financial Statements included in the Company’s 2011 Annual Report attached to this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13 and is incorporated herein by reference. Additional information concerning equity compensation plans is included in Part III Item 12 of this Form 10-K. The Company has prepared a graph comparing the cumulative shareholder return on the Company’s common stock as compared to the NASDAQ Bank Index and the NASDAQ Composite Market Index for the years ended December 31, 2007 to December 31, 2011. This graph is included in the Company’s 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders after Table 17 in Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

17

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

Metro Bancorp, Inc.

Selected Consolidated Financial Data

		At or For the Year Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands, except per share data)		2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Balance Sheet Data:
Total assets		$	2,421,219		$	2,234,472		$	2,147,759		$	2,140,527		$	1,979,011
Loans held for sale		9,359			18,605			12,712			41,148			14,143
Loans receivable (net)		1,415,048			1,357,587			1,429,392			1,423,064			1,146,629
Securities available for sale		613,459			438,012			388,836			341,656			387,166
Securities held to maturity		196,635			227,576			117,815			152,587			257,467
Deposits		2,071,574			1,832,179			1,814,733			1,633,985			1,560,896
Short-term borrowings and long-term debt		114,200			169,875			105,475			379,525			296,735
Stockholders' equity		220,020			205,351			200,022			114,470			112,335
Income Statement Data:
Net interest income		$	82,999		$	79,850		$	75,606		$	78,705		$	59,492
Provision for loan losses		20,592			21,000			12,425			7,475			1,762
Noninterest income		30,452			29,380			24,457			25,433			22,823
Noninterest operating expenses		94,014			97,103			91,710			77,909			70,807
Income (loss) before income taxes		(1,155		)	(8,873		)	(4,072		)	18,754			9,746
Net income (loss)		289			(4,337		)	(1,898		)	12,901			7,001
Common Share Data:
Net income (loss) per share:	Basic	$	0.02		$	(0.33	)	$	(0.24	)	$	2.02		$	1.11
	Diluted	0.02			(0.33		)	(0.24		)	1.97			1.07
Book value per share		15.50			14.86			14.80			17.60			17.63
Selected Ratios:
Performance:
Return on average assets		0.01		%	(0.20		)%	(0.09		)%	0.64		%	0.36		%
Return on average stockholders' equity		0.13			(2.09		)	(1.34		)	11.42			6.59
Net interest margin		3.73			3.89			3.80			4.09			3.30
Liquidity and Capital:
Average loans (including loans HFS) to average   deposits		74.67		%	76.60		%	86.83		%	85.07		%	69.90		%
Average stockholders' equity to average   total assets		9.18			9.46			6.77			5.57			5.52
Risk-based capital:	Total	15.36			15.83			14.71			10.68			10.78
	Tier 1	14.11			14.58			13.88			9.67			10.03
Leverage ratio		9.99			10.68			11.31			7.44			7.24
Asset Quality:
Net charge-offs to average loans   outstanding		1.43		%	0.98		%	1.02		%	0.11		%	0.07		%
Nonperforming loans to total year-end loans		2.42			3.83			2.61			1.88			0.25
Nonperforming assets to total year-end   assets		1.73			2.67			2.12			1.30			0.17
ALL to total year-end loans		1.50			1.57			1.00			1.16			0.93
ALL to year-end nonperforming loans		62			41			38			62			366

18

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2011 Annual Report, which is attached to this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2011 Annual Report, which is attached to this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s 2011 Annual Report, which is attached to this Form 10-K as Exhibit 13.

Item  9.  Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

The Company, under supervision and with the participation of its management, including its principal executive officer and principal financial officer, evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures pursuant to Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (Exchange Act). Based on this evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are adequate and effective as of December 31, 2011 to ensure that material information relating to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries is made known to them by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report was prepared.

During the most recent fiscal quarter, there have been no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting that have materially affected or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. The Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting is provided in the next section.

A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the objectives of the control system are met. Further, the design of a control system must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints, and the benefits of controls must be considered relative to their costs. Because of the inherent limitations in all control systems, no evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all control issues and instances of fraud, if any, within the Company have been detected. Because of the inherent limitations in a cost-effective control system, misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. The Company conducts periodic evaluations to enhance, where necessary, its procedures and controls.

19

Report on Management’s Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Metro Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for the preparation, integrity and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report. The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management’s best estimates and judgments.

We, as management of Metro Bancorp, Inc., are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.  Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company; provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, that receipts and expenditures of the Company are only being made in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for liability through a program of internal audits.  Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified.

Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected. Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time. Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Management assessed the Company’s system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in Internal Control – Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2011, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of Internal Control – Integrated Framework.

ParenteBeard LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated  financial  statements of  the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011, appearing elsewhere in this annual report and has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of  the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

		/s/ Gary L. Nalbandian
		Gary L. Nalbandian
		Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
		(Principal Executive Officer)
		/s/ Mark A. Zody
		Mark A. Zody
		Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
		(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
Date:	March 14, 2012

20

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

21

Part III.

Item 10 . Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information responsive to this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we plan to file with the SEC on or before April 30, 2012.

In addition to a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics applicable to all employees and the board of directors, the Company has adopted a Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers that is specifically applicable to its CEO, CFO and Principal Accounting Officer.  Both of these codes are posted under the Investor Relations link on the Company’s website, www.mymetrobank.com.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information responsive to this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we plan to file with the SEC on or before April 30, 2012.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information responsive to this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we plan to file with the SEC on or before April 30, 2012.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence

Information responsive to this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we plan to file with the SEC on or before April 30, 2012.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Information responsive to this item is incorporated by reference to the Company’s definitive proxy statement for the 2012 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, which we plan to file with the SEC on or before April 30, 2012.

22

Part IV.

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1)	The following financial statements are incorporated by reference in Part II, Item 8 hereof:
	Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2011 and 2010
	Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
	Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
	Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009
	Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
	Reports of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
(a)(2)	Financial Statement Schedules (This item is omitted since information required is either not applicable or is included in the footnotes to the Annual Financial Statements.)
(a)(3)	List of Exhibits:
3.1	Articles of Incorporation of Metro Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s 2011 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on April 22, 2011)
3.2	Amended and Restated Bylaws of Metro Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3(ii) to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on October 25, 2011)
4.1	Description of the Metro Bancorp, Inc. Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan, as amended (incorporated by reference to the description of the Plan contained in the prospectus filed with the Company's Registration Statement No. 333-178371 on Form S-3D filed with the SEC on December 7, 2011)
10.1	Master Agreement dated as of November 7, 2008 between Fiserv Solutions, Inc. and Commerce Bank/Harrisburg, N.A. (now Metro Bank, incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on November 13, 2008)
10.2	Merger Termination Agreement dated as of March 15, 2010 between Metro Bancorp, Inc. and Republic First Bancorp, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on March 15, 2010)
10.3	Consent Order dated April 29, 2010, issued by the FDIC to Metro Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 9, 2010)
10.4	Stipulation and Consent to the Issuance of a Consent Order dated April 29, 2010 between the FDIC and Metro Bank (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed with the SEC on August 9, 2010)
10.5	The Company’s 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan, as amended November 21, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2009)*
10.6	The Company’s 2001 Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended October 15, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.7 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011)*
10.7	The Company's 2011 Directors Stock Option Plan, as amended October 15, 2010 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011)*
10.8	The Company's 2006 Employee Stock Option and Restricted Stock Plan, as amended and restated (incorporated by reference to Appendix B to the Company's 2010 Proxy Statement, filed with the SEC on June 7, 2010)*
10.9	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective December 17, 2010 with Gary L. Nalbandian (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.11 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011)*
10.10	Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective December 17, 2010 with Mark A. Zody (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.12 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011)*
10.11	Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement effective December 17, 2010 with James R. Ridd (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.13 to the Company's Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 16, 2011)*
10.12	Consulting Agreement by and between Peter M. Musumeci, Jr. and Metro Bancorp, Inc. and Metro Bank dated June 13, 2011, and modified by Addendum No. 1 effective October 17, 2011 and Amendment No. 1 dated February 8, 2012 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on February 13, 2012)
11	Calculation of EPS
	(The information required by this item appears in Note 13 of the Consolidated Financial Statements of the Company’s 2011 Annual Report to Stockholders and is incorporated by reference herein.)
13	Metro Bancorp, Inc. 2011 Annual Report to Shareholders

23

21	Subsidiaries of the Company
23	Consent of ParenteBeard LLC.
24.1	Powers of Attorney executed by the Company’s Directors (included on Signature Page of this Annual Report on Form 10-K)
31.1	Certification of CEO, required by SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
31.2	Certification of CFO, required by SEC Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a)
32	Section 1350 Certification by CEO and CFO
99	Agreement to Furnish Debt Instruments
(b)	Exhibits – The exhibits required to be filed as part of this report are submitted as a separate section of this report.
(c)	Financial Statement Schedules – None required.
101	Interactive data file containing the following financial statements formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Balance Sheets at December 31, 2011 and 2010; (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Income for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009; and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. As provided in Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, this interactive data file shall not be deemed to be "filed" for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and shall not be deemed "filed" or part of any registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Section 11 or 12 under the Securities Act of 1933, or otherwise subject to liability under those sections.

* Denotes a compensatory plan or arrangement

24

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

		Metro Bancorp, Inc. (Registrant)
Date:	March 14, 2012	By	/s/ Gary L. Nalbandian
			Gary L. Nalbandian
			Chairman and President
Date:	March 14, 2012	By	/s/ Mark A. Zody
			Mark A. Zody
			Chief Financial Officer
			(Principal Accounting Officer)

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

KNOW ALL MEN BY THESE PRESENTS, that each Director whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Gary L. Nalbandian, Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer and Mark A. Zody, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer and each of them, his true and lawful attorney-in-fact, as agent with full power of substitution and resubstitution for him and in his name, place and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Metro Bancorp, Inc. Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ending December 31, 2011, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto such attorney-in-fact and agent full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes as they might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

25

Signature	Title	Date
/s/ Gary L. Nalbandian	Chairman of the Board, President and Director (Principal Executive Officer)	March 14, 2012
Gary L. Nalbandian
/s/ Mark A. Zody	Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)	March 14, 2012
Mark A. Zody
/s/ James R. Adair	Director	March 14, 2012
James R. Adair
/s/ John J. Cardello	Director	March 14, 2012
John J. Cardello
/s/ Douglas S. Gelder	Director	March 14, 2012
Douglas S. Gelder
/s/ Alan R. Hassman	Director	March 14, 2012
Alan R. Hassman
/s/ Howell C. Mette	Director	March 14, 2012
Howell C. Mette
/s/ Michael A. Serluco	Director	March 14, 2012
Michael A. Serluco
/s/ Samir J. Srouji, M.D.	Director	March 14, 2012
Samir J. Srouji, M.D.

26

EX-13

Exhibit 13

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations analyzes the major elements of our consolidated balance sheets and statements of operations. This section should be read in conjunction with our Consolidated Financial Statements and accompanying Notes.

Executive Summary

The banking landscape changed in 2011 in ways that created opportunities for Metro Bancorp, Inc. (Metro or the Company). As both large and small competitors created inconveniences and raised fees, Metro Bank (the Bank) welcomed more customers through its doors and delivered an exceptional level of service. By providing a superior customer experience and staying true to its retail philosophy, the Bank achieved a double-digit increase in core deposits, grew net loans in a tough lending environment and boosted total revenues in 2011, all leading to strong earnings for the fourth quarter.  The Bank also continued to resolve its asset quality concerns in 2011 and strengthened its balance sheet for future operations.

The extended low interest rate environment continued to be a challenge for the banking industry throughout 2011 and is expected to remain as such for the foreseeable future. Metro was able to offset this interest rate pressure, growing total revenues and reducing noninterest expenses in 2011.

Looking to the future, Metro will continue to leverage its retail, deposit-driven model and differentiate itself through the unparalleled customer service and convenience for which it is known.

Our 2011 highlights are summarized below:

• Total deposits increased to $2.07 billion, up $239.4 million, or 13%, over the past twelve months.

• Core deposits grew $258.1 million, or 15%, over the previous twelve months and now exceed $2.0 billion.

• Net loans grew $57.5 million, or 4%, over the past twelve months to $1.42 billion.

• Nonperforming asset balances declined $17.7 million in 2011 to 1.73% of total assets at December 31, 2011 compared to 2.67% at December 31, 2010. During the past twelve months, the allowance for loan losses (ALL) to nonperforming loan coverage ratio has increased from 41% to 62%.

• Total assets reached $2.42 billion, an 8% increase, over one year ago.

• Stockholders' equity increased by $14.7 million, or 7%, for the year 2011 to a total of $220.0 million at December 31, 2011.

• The Company's consolidated capital levels remained strong with a total risk-based capital ratio of 15.36%, a Tier 1 leverage ratio of 9.99% and a tangible common equity to tangible assets ratio of 9.05%.

• The Company recorded net income of $289,000 for 2011, compared to a net loss of $4.3 million in 2010. Fully-diluted net earnings per common share was $0.02 for 2011 versus a fully-diluted net loss per common share of $(0.33) for the prior year. 

• Total revenues for 2011 were $113.5 million, up $4.3 million, or 4%, compared to 2010.  

• The Company's net interest margin on a fully tax-equivalent basis for 2011 was a very strong 3.82%.

• The provision for loan losses of $20.6 million versus $21.0 million for the prior year.

• Noninterest income increased $1.1 million, or 4%, over 2010.

• Noninterest expense decreased $3.1 million, or 3%, compared to the prior year.

• For the eighth straight year, Metro Bank was voted Best Bank by the Harrisburg Magazine Simply the Best Reader's Poll.

1

Key financial highlights for 2011 compared to 2010 are summarized in the following table:

TABLE 1

	December 31,					%
(dollars in millions)	2011		2010			Change
Total assets	$	2,421.2	$	2,234.5		8	%
Total loans (net)	1,415.0		1,357.6			4
Total deposits	2,071.6		1,832.2			13
Stockholders' equity	220.0		205.4			7
	Years Ended December 31,					%
(dollars in millions, except per share data)	2011		2010			Change
Total revenues	$	113.5	$	109.2		4	%
Provision for loan losses	20.6		21.0			(2	)
Noninterest expenses	94.0		97.1			(3	)
Net income (loss)	0.3		(4.3		)	107
Diluted net income (loss) per common share	0.02		(0.33		)	106

Application of Critical Accounting Policies

Our accounting policies are fundamental to understanding Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2011 included herein. Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP). These principles require our management to make estimates and assumptions about future events that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Since future events and their effects cannot be determined with absolute certainty, actual results may differ from those estimates. Management makes adjustments to its assumptions and estimates when facts and circumstances dictate. We evaluate our estimates and assumptions on an ongoing basis and predicate those estimates and assumptions on historical experience and on various other factors that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Management believes the following critical accounting policies encompass the more significant assumptions and estimates used in preparation of our consolidated financial statements.

Allowance for Loan Losses. The ALL represents the amount available for estimated probable losses embedded in our loan portfolio. While the ALL is maintained at a level believed to be adequate by management for estimated probable losses in the loan portfolio, the determination of the allowance is inherently subjective, as it involves significant estimates by management, all of which may be susceptible to significant change.

While management uses available information to make such evaluations, future adjustments to the allowance and the provision for loan losses may be necessary if economic conditions or loan credit quality differ materially from the estimates and assumptions used in making the evaluations. The use of different assumptions could materially impact the level of the ALL and, therefore, the provision for loan losses to be charged against earnings. Such changes could impact future financial results.

Monthly, systematic reviews of our loan portfolios are performed to identify probable losses and assess the overall probability of collection. These reviews include an analysis of historical loss experience, which results in the identification and quantification of loss factors. These loss factors are used in determining the appropriate level of allowance to cover the estimated probable losses in specific loan types. Management's judgment involving the estimates of loss factors can be impacted by many variables, such as the number of years of actual loss history included in the evaluation.

During the third quarter of 2010, as part of the quantitative analysis of the adequacy of the ALL, management adjusted its projection of probable loan losses based upon a much shorter and more recent period of actual historical losses. This was done as a result of the higher level of loan charge-offs experienced by the Company over the preceding two years as compared to the previous years. Given the continued state of the economy and its impact on borrowers and on loan collateral values, management feels this is currently a better predictor of probable additional loan losses until such time that the economy, borrower repayment ability and loan collateral values show sustained signs of improvement. The change in this estimate resulted in an additional $3.6 million of provision for loan losses in the third quarter of 2010. The impact of this additional provision for 2010 was an additional after tax loss of $2.4 million, or $0.17 per share.

2

The methodology used to determine the appropriate level of the ALL and related provisions differs for commercial, residential and consumer loans and involves other overall evaluations. In addition, significant estimates are involved in the determination of any loss related to impaired loans. The evaluation of an impaired loan is based on either (1) discounted cash flows using the loan's effective interest rate, (2) the fair value of the collateral for collateral-dependent loans, or (3) the observable market price of the impaired loan. Each of these variables involves management's judgment and the use of estimates.

In addition to calculating the loss factors, we may periodically adjust the factors for changes in levels and trends of charge-offs, delinquencies and nonaccrual loans, material changes in the mix, volume, or duration of the loan portfolio, changes in lending policies and procedures including underwriting standards, changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff, the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations and changes in national and local economic trends and conditions, among other things. Management judgment is involved at many levels of these evaluations.

An integral aspect of our risk management process is allocating the ALL to various components of the loan portfolio based upon an analysis of risk characteristics, demonstrated losses, industry and other segmentations and other more judgmental factors. There were no significant changes during 2011 to the process and procedures we follow to determine our ALL.

Other-than-Temporary Impairment (OTTI) of Investment Securities. We perform no less than quarterly reviews of the fair value of the securities in the Company's investment portfolio and evaluate individual securities for declines in fair value that may be other-than-temporary. If declines are deemed other-than-temporary, an impairment loss is recognized against earnings for the portion of the impairment deemed to be related to credit.  The remaining portion of the impairment that is not related to credit is written down to its current fair value through other comprehensive income.

Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted the provisions to fair value measurement guidance regarding Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments.  This critical accounting policy is more fully described in Note 1 and Note 3 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Stock-Based Compensation. The Company recognizes compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions in the income statement based on the grant-date fair value of the stock-based compensation issued. Compensation costs are recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award. The grant-date fair value and ultimately, the amount of compensation expense recognized, are dependent upon certain assumptions we make such as the expected term the options will remain outstanding, the volatility and dividend yield of our Company stock and a risk free interest rate. This critical accounting policy is more fully described in Note 1 and Note 14 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included elsewhere in this annual report for the year ended December 31, 2011.

Fair Value Measurements.The Company is required to disclose the fair value of its financial instruments that are measured at fair value within a fair value hierarchy. The  fair value hierarchy prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques used to measure fair value, giving the highest priority to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1 measurement) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). These disclosures appear in Note 20 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011. Judgment is involved not only with deriving the estimated fair values but also with classifying the particular assets recorded at fair value in the fair value hierarchy. Estimating the fair value of impaired loans or the value of collateral securing foreclosed assets requires the use of significant unobservable inputs (level 3 measurements). At December 31, 2011, the fair value of assets based on level 3 measurements constituted 2% of the total assets measured at fair value. The fair value of collateral securing impaired loans or constituting foreclosed assets is generally determined based upon independent third party appraisals of the properties, recent offers, or prices on comparable properties in the proximate vicinity. Such estimates can differ significantly from the amounts the Company would ultimately realize from the loan or disposition of underlying collateral.

The Company's available for sale (AFS) investment security portfolio constitutes 98% of the total assets measured at fair value and all securities are classified as a level 2 fair value measurement (quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability). The Company receives information from a third party provider which management evaluates and corroborates to determine the fair value of the portfolio. Most securities are not quoted on an exchange, but are traded in active markets and fair values were obtained from matrix pricing on similar securities.

Deferred Taxes.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for the future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases.  Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be used.  

The Company assesses whether or not the deferred taxes will be realized in the future if it does not have future taxable income to use as

3

an offset. If future taxable income is not expected to be available to use, a valuation allowance is required to be recognized. A valuation allowance would result in additional income tax expense in the period. The Company assesses if it is more likely than not that a deferred tax asset will not be realized. The determination of a valuation allowance is subjective and dependent upon judgment concerning both positive and negative evidence to support the net deferred tax assets will be utilized. In order to evaluate whether or not a valuation allowance is necessary, the Company uses current forecasts of future income, reviews possible tax planning strategies and assesses current and future economic and business conditions. Negative evidence utilized would include any cumulative losses in previous years and general business and economic trends. At December 31, 2011, the Company conducted such an analysis to determine if a valuation allowance was required and concluded that a valuation allowance was not necessary, largely based on the Company's available tax planning strategies and projections of future taxable income. A valuation allowance, if required, could have a significant impact on the Company's future earnings.

Results of Operations

We derive total revenues (net interest income plus noninterest income) from various sources, including:

• Lending;

• Our securities portfolio;

• Customer deposits;

• Loan servicing;

• Sales of loans and securities; and

• Electronic banking services.

We also earn fees from issuing loan commitments, standby letters of credit and from various cash management services.

For the year 2011, total revenues were $113.5 million, up $4.3 million, or 4%, compared to $109.2 million earned in 2010.

Average Balances and Average Interest Rates

Table 2 on the following page sets forth balance sheet items on a daily average basis for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 and presents the daily average interest rates earned on assets and the daily average interest rates paid on liabilities for such periods. During 2011, average interest-earning assets were $2.20 billion, an increase of $169.1 million, or 8%, over 2010. This was the result of an increase in the average balance of investment securities of $149.2 million, or 25%, and by an increase in the average balance of loans receivable (including loans held for sale) of $21.8 million, or 2%. The growth in the average balance of interest-earning assets was funded, primarily by a $36.0 million, or 2%, increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits as well as an increase in the average balance of noninterest-bearing funds of $41.4 million, or 12%, and an increase in the average balance of short-term borrowings of $75.8 million.

The tax-equivalent yield on total interest-earning assets decreased by 37 basis points (bps), from 4.86% in 2010 to 4.49% in 2011.  This decrease resulted from lower yields on our securities and loan portfolios during 2011 as well as a shift in the mix of interest-earning assets. For 2011, investment securities comprised 34% of our total average interest-earning assets compared to 29% for 2010. Conversely, loans receivable represented 66% of our total average interest-earning assets in 2011, down from 70% in 2010. Based on the amortized cost, approximately 91% of our investment securities have a fixed interest rate, however, yields received on most new investment securities purchased in 2011 were lower than yields received on the existing portfolio due to the overall lower level of market interest rates in 2011 versus prior years. Also, floating rate loans represent approximately 52% of our total loans receivable portfolio at December 31, 2011 compared to 48% at December 31, 2010. The interest rates charged on the majority of these loans are tied to the New York prime lending rate of 3.25% and are much lower than the interest rates associated with the fixed rate loans in our portfolio.. Given the continued low level of general market interest rates and the Federal Reserve Open Market Committee's desire to keep such rates lower for an indefinite future period, we expect the yields we receive on our interest-earning assets will continue to remain at their current levels, or even slightly lower, until short-term interest rates begin to increase.

The aggregate cost of our interest-bearing liabilities decreased 22 bps from 1.06% in 2010 to 0.84% in 2011. Our average deposit cost of funds decreased from 0.72% in 2010 to 0.59% for 2011. The aggregate average cost of all funding sources for the Company was 0.69% in 2011, down 19 bps, or 22%, from 0.88% in 2010. The decrease in the Company's deposit cost of funds is primarily related to the combination of time deposits that matured and renewed at lower rates as well as lower rates paid on certain interest checking and money market deposit accounts. These decreases were primarily related to the continued low level of general market interest rates present throughout 2011.

The average rate paid on savings deposits decreased by 4 bps from 0.47% in 2010 to 0.43% in 2011. The average rate paid on interest checking and money market accounts decreased by 13 bps from 0.69% to 0.56% as management lowered the interest rates paid on these deposits to help offset lower yields on interest-earning assets. For time deposits, the average rate paid in 2011 was 2.07%, down 33 bps

4

from 2.40% in 2010. Time deposits that were originated in previous years at much higher interest rates matured during 2011 and were either renewed into new certificates of deposit (CDs) with much lower interest rates or shifted by our customers to their checking and/or savings accounts which typically pay even lower rates of interest than CDs. The rate on public fund time deposits decreased by 10 bps from 0.63% in 2010 to 0.53% in 2011. At December 31, 2011, approximately 13% of our total deposits were those of local municipalities, school districts, not-for-profit organizations or corporate cash management customers, indexed to either the 91-day Treasury bill, the overnight federal funds rate, or the one-month London Interbank Offered Rate (LIBOR). The average interest rate of the 91-day Treasury bill decreased from 0.13% for 2010 to 0.06% in 2011 thereby reducing the average interest rate paid on these deposits.

Average low interest rate short-term borrowings increased by $75.8 million from $52.2 million in 2010 to $128.0 million in 2011. The average cost of this non-deposit funding source in 2011 was 0.34%, a decrease of 26 bps compared to 2010. The average outstanding balance of long-term debt decreased slightly from $51.7 million in 2010 to $48.9 million in 2011. In November 2010, the Company prepaid a $25.0 million Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) convertible select borrowing with an interest rate of 4.29%. Subsequently, during the second quarter of 2011 the Bank borrowed a FHLB fixed borrowing of $25.0 million with a two year maturity and interest rate of 1.01%. In addition, in December 2011 the Company repurchased and retired $5.0 million of 11% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities that were issued in June 2000 and scheduled to mature in June 2030. For 2012 and going forward, this will serve to reduce the Company's pretax interest expense by $550,000 annually. See the Long-Term Debt section later in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion regarding our long-term debt. The aggregate cost of all non-deposit funding sources decreased 194 bps in 2011 to 1.83% from 3.77% in 2010.

In Table 2, nonaccrual loans have been included in the average loan balances. Securities include securities available for sale, securities held to maturity and restricted investments in bank stock. Securities available for sale are carried at amortized cost for purposes of calculating the average rate received on taxable securities. Yields on tax-exempt securities and loans are computed on a tax-equivalent basis, assuming a 34% tax rate for the years ending 2011 and 2010 and assuming a 35% tax rate for the year ending 2009.

5

TABLE 2

	Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2011						2010						2009
Earning Assets	Average Balance		Interest		Average Rate		Average Balance		Interest		Average Rate		Average  Balance		Interest		Average Rate
Securities:
Taxable	$	744,903	$	22,362	3.00	%	$	595,378	$	22,275	3.74	%	$	488,415	$	19,858	4.07	%
Tax-exempt	39		2		4.26		334		20		6.09		1,624		100		6.16
Total securities	744,942		22,364		3.00		595,712		22,295		3.74		490,039		19,958		4.07
Federal funds sold	9,176		5		0.05		11,106		14		0.12		1,375		2		0.13
Total loans receivable	1,448,056		77,398		5.29		1,426,225		77,274		5.36		1,477,222		80,796		5.41
Total earning assets	$	2,202,174	$	99,767	4.49	%	$	2,033,043	$	99,583	4.86	%	$	1,968,636	$	100,756	5.08	%
Sources of Funds
Interest-bearing deposits:
Regular savings	$	336,720	$	1,446	0.43	%	$	324,698	$	1,514	0.47	%	$	329,799	$	1,930	0.59	%
Interest checking and money market	967,982		5,433		0.56		946,982		6,501		0.69		795,835		7,342		0.92
Time deposits	206,178		4,272		2.07		216,434		5,189		2.40		254,086		7,750		3.05
Public funds time	54,824		292		0.53		41,608		263		0.63		17,557		265		1.51
Total interest-bearing deposits	1,565,704		11,443		0.73		1,529,722		13,467		0.88		1,397,277		17,287		1.24
Short-term borrowings	127,975		439		0.34		52,170		317		0.60		172,870		1,038		0.59
Long-term debt	48,935		2,814		5.74		51,660		3,613		6.99		70,222		4,452		6.34
Total interest-bearing liabilities	1,742,614		14,696		0.84		1,633,552		17,397		1.06		1,640,369		22,777		1.39
Demand deposits (noninterest- bearing)	373,494						332,099						303,963
Sources to fund earning assets	2,116,108		14,696		0.69	%	1,965,651		17,397		0.88	%	1,944,332		22,777		1.17	%
Noninterest-bearing funds (net)	86,066						67,392						24,304
Total sources to fund earning assets	$	2,202,174	$	14,696	0.67	%	$	2,033,043	$	17,397	0.85	%	$	1,968,636	$	22,777	1.16	%
Net interest income and margin on a tax-equivalent basis			$	85,071	3.82	%			$	82,186	4.00	%			$	77,979	3.92	%
Tax-exempt adjustment			2,072						2,336						2,373
Net interest income and margin			$	82,999	3.73	%			$	79,850	3.89	%			$	75,606	3.80	%
Other Balances:
Cash & due from banks	$	43,868					$	44,583					$	43,665
Other assets	103,474						114,281						86,456
Total assets	2,349,516						2,191,907						2,098,757
Other liabilities	17,750						18,804						12,270
Stockholders' equity	215,658						207,452						142,155

6

Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin

Net interest income is the difference between interest income on loans, investment securities and other interest-earning assets and the interest expense paid on deposits and borrowed funds. Changes in net interest income and net interest margin result from the interaction between the volume and composition of earning assets, related yields and associated funding costs. Net interest income is our primary source of earnings. There are several factors that affect net interest income, including:

• the volume, pricing, mix and maturity of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities;

• market interest rate fluctuations; and

• the level of nonperforming loans.

Net interest income on a fully tax-equivalent basis (which adjusts for the tax-exempt status of income earned on certain loans and investment securities in order to show such income as if it were taxable) increased $2.9 million, or 4%, to $85.1 million for 2011 over $82.2 million in 2010.  Interest income on a tax-equivalent basis for 2011 totaled $99.8 million, an increase of $184,000, over 2010. This increase was related to a volume increase in the level of interest-earning assets, offset by lower yields on our interest-earning assets due to the continued low interest rate environment throughout 2011 as discussed earlier. Interest expense for 2011 decreased $2.7 million, or 16%, from $17.4 million in 2010 to $14.7 million in 2011. This decrease was related to the lower interest rate environment which is reflected in all interest-bearing liabilities, slightly offset by a volume increase in the level of deposits and short-term borrowings. The average rate paid on interest-bearing deposits in 2011 was 15 bps less than in 2010 and the average rate paid on short-term borrowings and long-term debt decreased by 26 bps and 125 bps, respectively, compared to 2010.

The overnight federal funds rate remained at 0.25% throughout both 2010 and 2011. The continued lower level of market interest rates in general has led to a lower level of interest rates associated with our overnight short-term borrowings as well as allowed us to significantly reduce the rates we paid on our interest-bearing deposits in an effort to partially offset corresponding decreases on the yields we received on our interest-earning assets.  

Changes in net interest income are frequently measured by two statistics: net interest rate spread and net interest margin. Net interest rate spread is the difference between the average rate earned on interest-earning assets and the average rate incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest margin represents the difference between interest income, including net loan fees earned and interest expense, reflected as a percentage of average interest-earning assets. Our net interest rate spread decreased to 3.65% in 2011 from 3.80% in 2010 on a fully tax-equivalent basis. The net interest margin (non-tax-equivalent) decreased 16 bps from 3.89% in 2010 to 3.73% in 2011.  The net interest rate spread and net interest margin decreases in 2011 primarily were the result of a shift in the mix of interest-earning assets as well as a decrease in the yield on those earning assets due to the continued low interest rate environment that has existed over the past several years. This decrease was partially offset by continued efforts to manage the cost of funds downward through the Company's strategic deposit pricing process, combined with the positive impact of higher rate CDs maturing and renewing into new term CDs at lower current rates or being deposited by customers into lower cost checking and savings accounts.

Table 3 demonstrates the relative impact on net interest income of changes in the volume of earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and changes in rates earned and paid by us on such assets and liabilities. For purposes of this table, nonaccrual loans have been included in the average loan balances and tax-exempt loans and securities are reported on a fully-taxable equivalent basis.

7

TABLE 3

	2011 v. 2010									2010 v. 2009
	Increase (Decrease)									Increase (Decrease)
	Due to Changes in (1)									Due to Changes in (1)
(in thousands)	Volume			Rate			Total			Volume			Rate			Total
Interest on securities:
Taxable	$	4,853		$	(4,766	)	$	87		$	4,191		$	(1,774	)	$	2,417
Tax-exempt	(18		)	—			(18		)	(80		)	—			(80		)
Federal funds sold	(1		)	(8		)	(9		)	12			—			12
Interest on loans receivable	1,286			(1,162		)	124			(3,712		)	190			(3,522		)
Total interest income	6,120			(5,936		)	184			411			(1,584		)	(1,173		)
Interest on deposits:
Regular savings	101			(169		)	(68		)	(138		)	(278		)	(416		)
Interest checking and money market	(29		)	(1,039		)	(1,068		)	1,436			(2,277		)	(841		)
Time deposits	(89		)	(828		)	(917		)	(503		)	(2,058		)	(2,561		)
Public funds time	70			(41		)	29			152			(154		)	(2		)
Short-term borrowings	260			(138		)	122			(725		)	4			(721		)
Long-term debt	(56		)	(743		)	(799		)	(822		)	(17		)	(839		)
Total interest expense	257			(2,958		)	(2,701		)	(600		)	(4,780		)	(5,380		)
Net increase (decrease)	$	5,863		$	(2,978	)	$	2,885		$	1,011		$	3,196		$	4,207

(1) Changes due to both volume and rate have been allocated on a pro rata basis to either rate or volume.

Provision for Loan Losses

Management undertakes a rigorous and consistently applied process in order to evaluate the ALL and to determine the level of provision for loan losses, as stated in the Application of Critical Accounting Policies section in this Management's Discussion and Analysis. During the third quarter of 2010, as part of the quantitative analysis of the adequacy of the ALL, management adjusted its projection of probable loan losses based upon a much shorter and more recent period of actual historical losses. This was done as a result of the higher level of loan charge-offs experienced by the Company over the preceding two years as compared to the previous years. Given the continued state of the economy and its impact on borrowers and on loan collateral values, management feels this is currently a better predictor of probable additional loan losses until such time that the economy, borrower repayment ability and loan collateral values show sustained signs of improvement. 

We recorded $20.6 million as a provision for loan losses in 2011 compared to $21.0 million in 2010. The provision for loan losses in 2011 was a direct result of write-downs due to decreases in collateral values of nonperforming loans throughout the year. The level of nonperforming loans decreased from $52.8 million, or 3.83%, of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2010 to $34.8 million, or 2.42%, of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011. See the Nonperforming Loans and Assets section later in this Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for further discussion regarding the decrease in nonperforming loans. Net charge-offs during 2011 were $20.6 million, or 1.43%, of average loans outstanding as compared to $13.8 million, or 0.98%, of average loans outstanding in 2010. Approximately $16.5 million, or 80%, of total net charge-offs for 2011 were associated with seven different specific relationships. Of the net charge-offs associated with these seven relationships, approximately $10.2 million, or 62%, were construction and land development loans and $6.2 million, or 38%, were commercial and industrial loans. See the Application of Critical Accounting Policies section in this Management's Discussion and Analysis regarding the ALL as well as Note 1 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included herein for further discussion regarding additional important factors and our methodology for determining the provision for loan losses. Also see our Forward-Looking Statements in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and risk factors associated with the provision for loan losses in Item 1A of our annual report on Form 10-K.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income increased by $1.1 million, or 4%, from $29.4 million in 2010 to $30.5 million in 2011. The largest component of noninterest income, service charges, fees and other operating income, comprised primarily of deposit and loan service charges, increased$1.1 million, or 4%, over the same period in 2010 to a total of $27.8 million. In 2011, total gains on sales of loans were $2.7 million compared to $2.4 million in 2010. Gains on the sale of Small Business Administration (SBA) loans were $1.9 million in 2011 compared

8

to $1.5 million in 2010 and gains on the sale of residential loans were $857,000 and $885,000 for 2011 and 2010, respectively. We do not anticipate similar gains on the sale of SBA loans in 2012 since we are no longer originating SBA loans with the intent to sell as more fully described under the Loans Held for Sale section later in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.

Included in noninterest income are net gains on sales of investment securities totaling $350,000 for 2011 and $2.8 million for 2010. These gains were offset by net OTTI charges on private-label collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs) totaling $324,000 in 2011 and $962,000 in 2010. See the Securities section in Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for further discussion regarding OTTI.

Netted against noninterest income for 2011 was a $75,000 charge associated with the repurchase and retirement of $5.0 million of Trust Capital Securities. Going forward, this repurchase will save the Company $550,000 of pretax interest expense annually. Comparatively, there was a $1.6 million charge recorded in 2010 for the early retirement of a $25.0 million fixed rate borrowing from the FHLB.

Noninterest Expenses

Noninterest expenses totaled $94.0 million for 2011, a decrease of $3.1 million, or 3%, from 2010. This overall decrease was primarily the result of significantly lower consulting costs, advertising and marketing and regulatory fees in 2011 from those incurred in 2010 as well as lower levels of salaries and employee benefits and loan processing expenses, all partially offset by higher foreclosed real estate and rebranding costs incurred during 2011. A comparison of noninterest expenses for certain categories for 2011 and 2010 is discussed below.

Salary expenses and employee benefits, which represent the largest component of our noninterest expenses, decreased $1.2 million, or 3%, in 2011 from 2010. The Company began experiencing a reduction in total salary expense during the second half of 2010 which continued throughout 2011 as a result of a decrease in the number of full time equivalent employees from 923 during the third quarter of 2010 to 898 at the end of 2011 from natural attrition. The reduction of salary expense was partially offset by an increase in health care plan costs and other benefits for employees in 2011 over 2010.

Occupancy expenses were $726,000, or 9%, higher in 2011 compared to 2010.  This was primarily due to increased costs associated with higher real estate taxes paid on each of our store locations as well as higher levels of maintenance on our 33 stores and headquarter locations.

Furniture and equipment expenses increased by $331,000, or 6%, over 2010, due to a total net loss of $219,000 on the disposal of certain fixed assets combined with increased levels of depreciation expense on assets related to disaster recovery and security initiatives which were put in service during 2011.

Advertising and marketing expenses totaled $2.0 million in 2011, a $1.0 million, or 32%, decrease from 2010. General advertising efforts were lower during the majority of 2011 as the Company focused its efforts on brand enhancement and logo modification. The Company expects a slight increase in general advertising expenses in 2012.

Data processing expenses totaled $14.2 million in 2011, a $1.1 million, or 8%, increase over 2010.  Approximately half of the increase related to an increase in license fees and costs associated with software implementation. Higher volumes of transactions in both statement rendering services and automated teller machine (ATM)/debit card processing made up the rest of the increase in data processing expenses.

Regulatory assessments and related fees of $3.6 million in 2011 reflected a 21% decrease, or $1.0 million, from 2010. Lower Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC) insurance assessment fees, effective April 1, 2011 for most FDIC-insured banks provided the Company's decrease in regulatory expenses which were partially offset by increased asset levels.  The Bank, like all financial institutions whose deposits are guaranteed by the Deposit Insurance Fund (DIF), pays a quarterly premium to the FDIC for deposit insurance coverage.

Loan expenses totaled $1.1 million in 2011, a decrease of $560,000, or 34%, from 2010. During 2011, the Company recouped $287,000 of loan expenses from borrowers associated with problem loans that had been expensed in prior years. In 2010, the Company incurred expenses associated with the development and launch of a new Metro Credit Card. In 2011, loan expenses related to the credit card leveled out. In addition, in 2011 the Bank discontinued originating large numbers of SBA loans to be sold immediately on the secondary market which decreased the associated SBA referral fees.

Foreclosed real estate expenses of $2.3 million for 2011 increased by $895,000, or 65%, compared to 2010. The increase was primarily the result of write-downs of foreclosed assets totaling $2.1 million in 2011 compared to $860,000 of write-downs in 2010. During 2011, the Company wrote down one particular foreclosed asset by a total of $1.6 million due to the lack of interest in the property by prospective buyers and to a level more reflective of recent offer prices on the subject property. The increase in the total amount of write-downs in 2011 over 2010 was partially offset by a reduction of foreclosed real estate operating expenses in 2011.

9

The Company expensed $1.9 million of costs during 2011 associated with modification to its logos and with overall brand enhancement. The logo modifications were related to the settlement reached with another financial institution which dismissed a trademark infringement action brought against Metro Bank in June 2009. Any remaining future costs related to this issue are not expected to be material.

Consulting fees totaled $1.5 million in 2011, down $3.0 million, or 67%, from 2010. The decrease is related to the much lower need for consulting services in 2011 compared to the level utilized in 2010 in assisting the Bank with its procedures and controls to ensure compliance with the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and the Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC).

Other noninterest expenses totaled $8.1 million for 2011 compared to $9.4 million for 2010, a decrease of $1.3 million, or 14%. Primary components related to the decrease include lower expenses related to customer relations activities, lower provisions for non-credit-related losses and reduced legal fees. In addition, the Company recorded a $238,000 charge in 2010 related to a canceled potential branch site of which it did not have any corresponding costs in 2011.

One key measure used to monitor progress in controlling overhead expenses is the ratio of net noninterest expenses to average assets. For purposes of this calculation, net noninterest expenses equal total noninterest expenses less nonrecurring expenses minus noninterest income. This ratio equaled 2.62% for 2011, compared to 3.09% for 2010. Another productivity measure is the operating efficiency ratio. This ratio expresses the relationship of noninterest expenses to net interest income plus noninterest income (excluding gains or losses on sales of investment securities). For 2011, the Company's operating efficiency ratio was 81.20% compared to 88.88% for 2010. For 2012, management expects to continue its efforts to control and/or reduce the levels of noninterest expenses compared to both 2011 and 2010 and thus would expect to see continued improvement in these two expense control ratios.

Benefit for Federal Income Taxes

The benefit realized for federal income taxes was $1.4 million for 2011 compared to $4.5 million for 2010. The effective tax benefit rate, which is the ratio of income tax benefit to loss before taxes, was 125.08% in 2011 compared to 51.1% in 2010 and was due to a pretax net loss incurred in both 2011 and 2010 as well as to the proportion of tax-exempt income to total pretax loss for both years.  See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included herein, for an additional analysis of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Income taxes are accounted for under the liability method. Under the liability method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are recognized for future tax consequences attributable to temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities.

At December 31, 2011, deferred tax assets amounted to $12.7 million and deferred tax liabilities amounted to $7.8 million. Deferred tax assets are realizable primarily through future reversals of existing taxable temporary differences. With two preceding years of net operating losses in 2009 and 2010, which the Company fully utilized by carrying back to previous taxable income years of 2008 and 2007, the Company will only be permitted to carryforward any net operating losses against taxable earnings in future years. The Company expects to have taxable income for the year ended December 31, 2011 and management currently anticipates the Company's future earnings will be adequate to utilize all of its net deferred tax assets. The Company used current forecasts of future expected income, possible tax planning strategies, current and future economic and business conditions (such as the possibility of a decrease in real estate value for properties the Bank holds as collateral on loans), the probability that taxable income will continue to be generated in future periods and the cumulative losses in previous years to make the determination. The Company could also potentially sell investment securities at a gain in future periods or eliminate the use of bonus depreciation on its 2011 federal income tax return as possible additional increases to taxable income. See Note 11 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included herein, for an additional analysis of the provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Net Income (Loss) and Net Income (Loss) per Common Share

The Company recorded net income of $289,000 for 2011, an increase of $4.6 million from the $4.3 million net loss recorded in 2010. This increase in 2011 was due to an increase in net interest income of $3.1 million, a decrease in the provision for loan losses of $408,000 , an increase in noninterest income of $1.1 million and a decrease in noninterest expenses of $3.1 million, all of which were partially offset by a decrease in the benefit for federal income taxes of $3.1 million.

Basic and diluted earnings per common share were $0.02 for 2011 compared to basic and diluted loss per common share of $(0.33) in 2010. See Note 13 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included herein, for an analysis of earnings (loss) per share.

10

Return on Average Assets and Average Equity

Return on average assets (ROA) measures our net income (loss) in relation to our total average assets. Our ROA was 0.01% for 2011 compared to (0.20)% for 2010. Return on average equity (ROE) indicates how effectively we can generate net income (loss) on the capital invested by our shareholders. ROE is calculated by dividing net income (loss) by average stockholders' equity. ROE for 2011 was 0.13%, compared to (2.09)% for 2010.

2010 versus 2009

Net loss for 2010 was $4.3 million, compared to net loss of $1.9 million recorded in 2009.

Basic and fully-diluted loss per common share was $(0.33) for 2010 compared to basic and fully-diluted loss per common share of $(0.24)in 2009.

Net interest income on a tax-equivalent basis for 2010 was $82.2 million, an increase of $4.2 million, or 5%, over 2009. Interest income on earnings assets on a tax-equivalent basis totaled $99.6 million, a decrease of $1.2 million, or 1%, from 2009. Interest expense for 2010 was $17.4 million, a decrease of $5.4 million, or 24%, from 2009.

Our net interest rate spread increased to 3.80% in 2010 from 3.69% in 2009 on a fully tax-equivalent basis. The net interest margin increased 9 bps from 3.80% in 2009 to 3.89% in 2010 on a non tax-equivalent basis.

The provision for loan losses totaled $21.0 million in 2010 compared to $12.4 million in 2009. The level of nonperforming loans increased from $37.7 million, or 2.61%, of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2009 to $52.8 million, or 3.83%, of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2010. Net charge-offs in 2010 totaled $13.8 million, or 0.98%, of average loans outstanding as compared to $14.8 million, or 1.02%, of average loans outstanding in 2009.

Noninterest income for 2010 increased by $4.9 million, or 20%, over 2009 to $29.4 million.  Included in total noninterest income in 2010 were net gains of $2.4 million on the sale of residential loans and SBA loans and a $2.8 million gain on the sale of investment securities, partially offset by $962,000 of net impairment charges on investment securities. In addition, netted against 2010 noninterest income was a $1.6 million charge for the early retirement of FHLB borrowing debt. Comparably, included in total noninterest income in 2009 were gains of $1.2 million on the sale of residential loans and SBA loans, a $627,000 loss on the sale of a majority of the Bank's student loan portfolio and a $1.6 million gain on the sale of investment securities, offset by $2.3 million of net impairment charges on investment securities.

Noninterest expenses totaled $97.1 million for 2010, an increase of $5.4 million, or 6%, over 2009. This overall increase was primarily the result of significantly higher data processing and consulting costs in 2010 over those incurred in 2009. Throughout 2009, Metro converted all of its data processing and retail-delivery systems and developed an in-house technological infrastructure in addition to rebranding the entire company.  During 2010, the Company had an increased level of recurring costs associated with maintaining the infrastructure. Metro also incurred higher levels of expenses associated with foreclosed assets, problem loans and regulatory-related costs in 2010.

Salary expenses and employee benefits decreased by $1.9 million, or 4%, in 2010 from 2009.

Occupancy expenses for 2010 were $263,000, or 3%, higher in 2010 compared to 2009 and furniture and equipment expenses increased by $368,000, or 8%, to $5.1 million.

Advertising and marketing expenses were $3.0 million for 2010, an increase of 8%, over 2009. Data processing expenses increased by $4.0 million, or 43%, in 2010 over 2009, primarily related to building a new network infrastructure in-house to support daily operations of the Company post conversion. Regulatory expenses of $4.6 million in 2010 were $606,000 higher than 2009.

Foreclosed real estate expenses of $1.4 million in 2010 were $802,000 higher than 2009.

Consulting fees increased $3.7 million to $4.5 million in 2010 compared to $762,000 in 2009 due to the hiring of consultants in 2010 to assist the Bank in developing and implementing a system of procedures and controls designed to ensure full compliance with the Bank BSA and OFAC.

Other noninterest expenses totaled $9.4 million for 2010, compared to $8.4 million for 2009.

11

Financial Condition

Securities

Securities are purchased and sold as part of our overall asset and liability management function. The classification of all securities is determined at the time of purchase. Securities expected to be held for an indefinite period of time are classified as securities available for sale and are carried at fair value. Decisions by management to purchase or sell these securities are based on an assessment of financial and economic conditions, including changes in prepayment risks and interest rates, liquidity needs, capital adequacy, collateral requirements for pledging, alternative asset and liability management strategies, tax considerations and regulatory requirements.

Securities are classified as held to maturity (HTM) if, at the time of purchase, management has both the intent and ability to hold the securities until maturity. Securities held to maturity are carried at amortized cost. Sales of securities in this portfolio should only occur in unusual and rare situations where significant unforeseeable changes in circumstances may cause a change in intent. Examples of such instances would include deterioration in the issuer's creditworthiness that is evidently supportable and significant or a change in tax law that eliminates or reduces the tax-exempt status of interest (but not the revision of marginal tax rates applicable to interest income). HTM securities cannot be sold based upon any of the decisions used to sell securities available for sale as listed above. See Note 3 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included herein, for further analysis of our securities portfolio.

Based on the amortized cost, approximately 91% of our investment securities carry fixed rate coupons that do not change over the life of the securities. Since many of the amortizing securities are purchased at premiums or discounts, their yield and average life will change depending on any change in the estimated rate of prepayments. We amortize premiums and accrete discounts over the estimated average life of the amortizing securities. Premiums and discounts on non-amortizing securities, such as government and municipal bonds, are amortized or accreted to their maturity date. Changes in the estimated average life of the securities portfolio will lengthen or shorten the period in which the premium or discount must be amortized or accreted, thus affecting the yields we recognize. At December 31, 2011, the yield on our total investment securities portfolio was 2.85%, down 59 bps from 3.44% at December 31, 2010. This decrease was due to prepayments, calls and maturities of securities with higher interest rates combined with purchases of new securities in 2011 at lower yields than those purchased in previous years, due to the low level of general market interest rates present in 2011 as compared to previous years.

At December 31, 2011, the weighted-average life and duration of our total securities portfolio was approximately 2.5 years and 2.1 years, respectively, as compared to 6.0 years and 4.7 years, respectively, at December 31, 2010. The weighted-average life of the portfolio is calculated by estimating the average rate of repayment of the underlying collateral of each security. Mortgage-backed obligations historically experience repayment rates in excess of the scheduled repayments, causing a shorter weighted-average life of the security. Our securities portfolio contained no derivatives as of December 31, 2011 or 2010.

The fair value of the Bank's securities available for sale portfolio increased by $175.4 million in 2011, primarily as a result of purchases of $368.5 million offset partially by $193.1 million of principal repayments, sales, calls, maturities, premium and discount amortization and write-downs related to OTTI and excluding net gains on sales. At December 31, 2011, the unrealized gain on securities available for sale included in stockholders' equity totaled $3.8 million, net of tax, compared to a $5.6 million unrealized loss on securities, net of tax, at December 31, 2010. The AFS portfolio is comprised of U.S. Government agency securities, agency residential mortgage-backed securities (MBSs), agency CMOs, private-label CMOs and corporate bonds. The market prices for certain securities held in the Company's portfolio improved in 2011 and management believes that the unrealized gains on these securities at December 31, 2011were primarily the result of changes in general market interest rates and prices. At December 31, 2011, the weighted-average life, duration and weighted- average yield of our AFS portfolio was approximately 2.8 years, 2.5 years and 2.62%, respectively, as compared to 4.5 years, 3.6 years and 3.25%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

During 2011, the carrying value of securities in the HTM portfolio decreased by $30.9 million, primarily as a result of principal repayments, sales, calls, maturities and premium and discount amortization of $88.0 million, excluding net gains on sales offset by purchases of $57.1 million. The securities held in this portfolio include U.S. Government agency securities, agency residential MBSs, agency CMOs, corporate debt securities and municipal bonds. At December 31, 2011, the weighted-average life, duration and weighted-average yield of our HTM portfolio was approximately 1.4 years, 1.1 years and 3.56%, respectively, as compared to 9.1 years, 7.0 years and 3.83%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

The Company sold a total of 13 securities with a combined fair market value of $126.2 million and realized net pretax gains of $350,000 during 2011. All of the securities sold were agency CMOs. Of this total, 12 securities with a combined fair market value of $125.3 million had been classified as available for sale. One agency CMO with a fair market value of $852,000 had been classified as held to maturity, however, its current par value had fallen to less than 9% of its original par value and could be sold without tainting the remaining HTM portfolio. The Company uses the specific identification method to record security sales. In addition, the Company had a total of $60.0

12

million of agency debentures called, at par, by their issuing agencies during 2011. The called securities were classified as held to maturity and carried at par, therefore no gain or loss was recognized as a result of the calls.

No investment in securities of a single non-U.S. Government or government agency issuer exceeded ten percent of shareholders' equity at December 31, 2011.

The amortized cost of AFS and HTM securities are summarized below in Table 4 as of December 31, for each of the years 2009 through 2011:

TABLE 4

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010		2009
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	22,500	$	22,500	$	55,004
Residential MBSs	21,087		2,383		80,916
Agency CMOs	519,167		388,414		149,233
Private-label CMOs	24,974		33,246		120,407
Corporate debt securities	19,952		—		—
Total available for sale	$	607,680	$	446,543	$	405,560
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	97,750	$	140,000	$	25,000
Residential MBSs	37,658		48,497		54,822
Agency CMOs	45,122		29,079		30,362
Private-label CMOs	—		—		4,010
Corporate debt securities	15,000		10,000		1,997
Municipal securities	1,105		—		1,624
Total held to maturity	$	196,635	$	227,576	$	117,815

The contractual maturity distribution and weighted-average yield of our AFS and HTM portfolios at December 31, 2011 are summarized in Table 5. For mortgage-backed obligations, the contractual maturities may be significantly different than actual maturities. Changes in payment patterns and prepayments may occur depending on the market conditions and other economic variables. Weighted-average yield is calculated by multiplying the book yield times the book value for each security within each maturity range. Tax-exempt obligations have been tax effected, assuming a tax rate of 34%.

13

TABLE 5

December 31, 2011	Due Under 1 Year				Due 1-5 Years				Due 5-10 Years				Due Over 10 Years				Total
(dollars in thousands)	Amount/Yield				Amount/Yield				Amount/Yield				Amount/Yield				Amount/Yield
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency obligations	$	—	—	%	$	—	—	%	$	—	—	%	$	22,500	3.00	%	$	22,500	3.00	%
Residential MBSs	—		—		—		—		—		—		21,087		2.89		21,087		2.89
Agency CMOs	—		—		—		—		1,112		5.51		518,055		2.37		519,167		2.38
Private-label CMOs	—		—		—		—		—		—		24,974		5.71		24,974		5.71
Corporate debt securities	—		—		—		—		19,952		4.43		—		—		19,952		4.43
Total available for sale	$	—	—	%	$	—	—	%	$	21,064	4.49	%	$	586,616	2.56	%	$	607,680	2.62	%
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency obligations	$	—	—	%	$	—	—	%	$	12,750	2.72	%	$	85,000	3.56	%	$	97,750	3.45	%
Residential MBSs	—		—		—		—		2,785		4.16		34,873		4.68		37,658		4.64
Agency CMOs	—		—		—		—		—		—		45,122		3.23		45,122		3.23
Corporate debt securities	—		—		15,000		2.51		—		—		—		—		15,000		2.51
Municipal obligations	—		—		—		—		—		—		1,105		4.55		1,105		4.55
Total held to maturity	$	—	—	%	$	15,000	2.51	%	$	15,535	2.98	%	$	166,100	3.71	%	$	196,635	3.56	%

Note: Securities available for sale are carried at amortized cost in the table above for purposes of calculating the weighted-average yield received on such securities.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are comprised of student loans and selected residential mortgage loans the Company originates with the intention of selling in the future. Prior to September 30, 2011, loans held for sale also included SBA loans the Company originated with the intention of selling. Occasionally, loans held for sale also includes business and industry loans that the Company decides to sell. Loans held for sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, calculated in the aggregate. At the present time, the majority of the Company's residential loans are originated with the intent to sell to the secondary market unless the loan is nonconforming to secondary market standards or if we agree not to sell the loan due to a customer's request. The residential mortgage loans that are designated as held for sale are sold to other financial institutions in correspondent relationships and the Bank does not retain the servicing. The sale of these loans takes place typically within 30 days of funding. At December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, no residential mortgage loans held for sale were past due or impaired. At December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 there was $567,000, $367,000 and $224,000, respectively, of student loans held for sale that were past due.

In previous years, as well as for the first half of 2011, the Company was originating SBA loans with the intent to sell the guaranteed portions of the loans. The Bank recognized total gains of $1.9 million, $1.5 million and $47,000 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively, on the sales of SBA loans. During the second quarter of 2011, as a result of a much lower level of SBA loan originations in 2011 compared to 2010, the Company's management made the decision to hold SBA loans in the Company's loan receivable portfolio unless or until the Company's management determines a sale of certain loans is appropriate. At the time such a decision would be made, the SBA loans will be moved from the loans receivable portfolio to the loans held for sale portfolio.

Total loans held for sale were $9.4 million and $18.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. At December 31, 2011, loans held for sale were comprised of $5.2 million of student loans and $4.2 million of residential mortgages as compared to $6.0 million of student loans, $5.2 million of SBA loans and $7.4 million of residential mortgages at December 31, 2010. The decrease was primarily the result of Metro's strategic decision to record and hold SBA loans in its loan portfolio as discussed above. Loans held for sale, as a percentage of total consolidated assets, were less than 1% at December 31, 2011 and 2010. At December 31, 2010 there was a deferred gain of $930,000 which was recognized in the first quarter of 2011 at the expiration of the 90-day warranty period.

Loans Receivable

In order to add clarity and improve credit quality disclosures, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued additional guidance in 2010 that requires the Company to disclose its various classes of loans outstanding based on the same portfolio segment that it develops and documents a systematic method for determining its ALL. Accordingly, we have reclassified our loans receivable for the three years

14

prior to 2010 into the portfolio segments as shown throughout the discussion that follows. The following table summarizes the composition of our loan portfolio by segment as of December 31, for each of the years 2007 through 2011. During the first quarter of 2011, certain types of loans were reclassified due to their purpose and overall risk characteristics. Therefore, the balances associated with those particular loans as of December 31, for each of the years 2007 through 2010 were reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

TABLE 6

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010		2009		2008		2007
Commercial and industrial	$	321,988	$	337,398	$	401,759	$	369,496	$	327,048
Commercial tax-exempt	81,532		85,863		102,218		79,404		35,027
Owner occupied real estate	279,372		241,553		263,413		269,280		254,138
Commercial construction and land   development	103,153		112,094		115,013		104,122		75,110
Commercial real estate	364,405		313,194		265,655		291,816		165,120
Residential	83,940		81,124		85,035		91,775		90,132
Consumer	202,278		207,979		210,690		233,890		210,796
Total loans outstanding	$	1,436,668	$	1,379,205	$	1,443,783	$	1,439,783	$	1,157,371

Our commercial and industrial loans are typically made to small and medium-sized businesses and represented 22% of our total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011. The average loan size originated in 2011 in this category was approximately $364,000. Our underwriting policy has maximum terms for these loans depending on the loan type within the commercial and industrial loans category. The primary source of repayment is the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities conducted by the business. Collateral for these types of loans varies depending upon the type and purpose of the loans as well as management's credit evaluations of the respective borrowers and generally includes business assets and/or personal assets of the borrower. The value of the collateral in this category may vary depending on market conditions. The Company maintains advance rate guidelines for particular collateral categories to mitigate the risk that upon default, the collateral is insufficient to cover the outstanding loan balance.

Commercial tax exempt loans represented 6% of our total loans at December 31, 2011 and are made primarily to municipalities and school districts and rely on the cash flows of the borrowing entity for repayment. The average loan size originated in 2011 in this category was $2.5 million. We underwrite these loans based upon our established underwriting guidelines and our analysis of the cash flow, operating results and financial condition of the borrower.

Owner occupied real estate loans represented 20% of our total loans at December 31, 2011 and are for commercial properties and are typically made to small and medium-sized businesses. The primary source of repayment is the cash flow from the ongoing operations and activities conducted by the business or a related interest of the business or an affiliate of the party who owns the property. Based on our underwriting standards, loans in this category are secured by real property and typically require owner guarantees. The average loan size originated in 2011 in this category was approximately $701,000.

Our commercial real estate and our construction and land development loans are typically made to small and medium-sized investors, builders and developers and made up 25% and 7%, respectively, of our total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011. These loans are secured by mortgages on real property (principally one to four family rental, multi-family rental, office and other commercial properties) located primarily in South Central Pennsylvania. The average loan size originated in 2011 in these categories was approximately $470,000. Our underwriting guidelines establish maximum terms and advanced rates depending on the type of loan within the commercial real estate category. A five-year call option is standard on commercial mortgages. Our underwriting guidelines also establish maximum loan-to-value ratios depending upon the type of primary collateral, typically require owner guarantees and may require other collateral depending on our assessment of the overall risk. 

Residential real estate mortgage loans represented approximately 6% of our total loans at December 31, 2011. Loans in this category are collateralized by first mortgages on residential properties located primarily in South Central Pennsylvania. We underwrite these loans based upon our established underwriting guidelines.

Consumer term loans and consumer lines of credit represented 14% of our total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011 and are secured by first and second mortgages, personal assets of the borrower, or may be unsecured. As of December 31, 2011, approximately $194.0 million, or 96%, of the total for this category were secured by real estate, 17% of which were secured by second mortgages, $1.4 million were loans collateralized by personal assets of the borrower and $6.9 million were unsecured. Our underwriting policy sets limitations

15

on the terms of the loans, defines allowable collateral and the method of valuation of the collateral, outlines acceptable debt to income ratios as well as acceptable credit sources to determine if the applicant meets our standards. We review lines of credit annually and remove availability if the borrower is no longer compliant with our underwriting standards or is delinquent. As of December 31, 2011, unused commitments under consumer lines of credit were $86.3 million.

Total gross loans receivable increased by $57.5 million from December 31, 2010 to December 31, 2011. Total loan originations in 2011 exceeded those in 2010 by approximately $107.2 million, or 31%. However, gross loans receivable have not yet returned to levels experienced in 2009. This was due to a combination of lower loan demand, higher net charge-offs and the current economic conditions during 2011 and 2010 combined with our tightening of underwriting guidelines for new and existing loans in the current economic environment.  As the economy improves, we expect loan demand to increase and, therefore, expect the level of originations to continue to grow in 2012 as compared to 2011. During 2011, commercial real estate loans increased $51.2 million, or 16%, owner occupied real estate loans increased $37.8 million, or 16%, while commercial and industrial loans decreased $15.4 million, or 5%, and commercial construction and land development loans decreased $8.9 million, or 8%. Changes in total loan balances outstanding for commercial tax-exempt, residential and consumer loans were not material. Also included in gross loans are deposit accounts that are reclassified as loans as a result of overdrawn deposit account balances. The total of overdrawn deposit accounts reclassified as loans aggregated $497,000 at December 31, 2011 compared to $431,000 at December 31, 2010.

Total loans outstanding represented 69% of total deposits and 59% of total assets at December 31, 2011, excluding the loans held for sale, compared to 75% and 62%, respectively, at December 31, 2010.

16

The maturity ranges of the loan portfolio and the amounts of loans with fixed interest rates and floating interest rates in each maturity range, as of December 31, 2011, are presented in the following table:

TABLE 7

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Due Within One Year		Due 1-5  Years		Due Over  Five Years		Total
Commercial and industrial	$	126,124	$	126,290	$	69,574	$	321,988
Commercial tax exempt	—		5,003		76,529		81,532
Owner occupied real estate	9,687		20,404		249,281		279,372
Commercial construction and land development	73,314		12,152		17,687		103,153
Commercial real estate	16,310		57,602		290,493		364,405
Residential	7,671		9,999		66,270		83,940
Consumer	36,348		14,165		151,765		202,278
Total loans	$	269,454	$	245,615	$	921,599	$	1,436,668
Interest rates:
Fixed	$	33,192	$	133,898	$	645,692	$	812,782
Floating	236,262		111,717		275,907		623,886
Total loans	$	269,454	$	245,615	$	921,599	$	1,436,668

Concentrations of Credit Risk

We manage risk associated with our loan portfolio in part through diversification and through what we believe are sound policies and underwriting procedures that are reviewed, updated and approved at least annually, as well as through our ongoing loan monitoring efforts. Additionally, we monitor and manage concentrations of loans or loan relationships by purpose, collateral or industry. Management reviews various concentration reports regularly and reports areas of risk in the portfolio and quantifies, if any, exceptions made to policies and procedures to our board of directors no less than quarterly. At December 31, 2011, we did not have a concentration to any one borrower, or group of borrowers with similar economic characteristics.

Commercial real estate and commercial construction and land development loans, including tax exempt commercial real estate loans aggregated $467.6 million at December 31, 2011, compared to $425.3 million at December 31, 2010. These loans were 32% of our total loans outstanding and made up the largest portion of loans on our balance sheet at December 31, 2011. Our commercial real estate loan portfolio is principally to borrowers throughout Cumberland, Dauphin, York, Berks, Lancaster and Lebanon counties of Pennsylvania where we have full-service store locations.

Commercial and industrial loans represented 22% of total loans, owner occupied real estate loans collateralized by real estate equaled 20% of total loans and consumer loans comprised 14% of total loans at December 31, 2011.

Loan and Asset Quality

Nonperforming Assets

Nonperforming assets include nonperforming loans, loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing interest and foreclosed assets. During 2011 the Bank adopted FASB guidance on determination of whether a loan restructuring is a troubled debt restructuring (TDR). The guidance was applicable to restructurings on or after January 1, 2011. A TDR is a loan in which the contractual terms have been modified resulting in the Bank granting a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulties in order for the Bank to have a greater opportunity of collecting the indebtedness from the borrower.  Nonaccruing TDRs are included in nonperforming loans.

The following table presents information regarding the Bank's nonperforming assets at December 31, 2007 through 2011. Nonaccruing as well as accruing TDRs are broken out at the bottom portion of the table. Additionally, relevant asset quality ratios are presented as well as details on the interest income related to nonaccrual loans.

17

TABLE 8

	December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial and industrial	$	10,162		$	23,103		$	14,254		$	6,863		$	534
Commercial tax-exempt	—			—			—			—			—
Owner occupied real estate	2,895			4,318			3,201			—			—
Commercial construction and land development	8,511			14,155			11,771			6,915			—
Commercial real estate	7,820			5,424			5,497			9,893			176
Residential	2,912			3,609			2,368			2,959			2,168
Consumer	1,829			1,579			654			492			57
Total nonaccrual loans	34,129			52,188			37,745			27,122			2,935
Loans past due 90 days or more and still accruing	692			650			—			—			—
Total nonperforming loans	34,821			52,838			37,745			27,122			2,935
Foreclosed assets	7,072			6,768			7,821			743			489
Total nonperforming assets	$	41,893		$	59,606		$	45,566		$	27,865		$	3,424
Troubled Debt Restructurings
Nonaccruing TDRs	$	10,075		$	—		$	—		$	—		$	—
Accruing TDRs	12,835			177			—			—			—
Total TDRs	$	22,910		$	177		—			—			—
Nonperforming loans to total loans	2.42		%	3.83		%	2.61		%	1.88		%	0.25		%
Nonperforming assets to total assets	1.73		%	2.67		%	2.12		%	1.30		%	0.17		%
Interest income received on nonaccrual loans	$	586		$	340		$	976		$	1,268		$	157
Interest income that would have been recorded under   the original terms of the loans	$	2,880		$	3,363		$	1,880		$	1,776		$	280

Nonperforming assets at December 31, 2011, were $41.9 million, or 1.73%, of total assets, as compared to $59.6 million, or 2.67%, of total assets, at December 31, 2010.

Nonperforming Loans

Total nonperforming loans were $34.8 million at December 31, 2011, down from $52.8 million at December 31, 2010. The decrease in nonperforming loans experienced by the Company during 2011 resulted from a combination of net charge-offs of $20.6 million, pay downs of $10.2 million, upgrades totaling $6.0 million and the reclassification of $5.3 million into foreclosed assets, all partially offset by $24.1 million of additional loans designated as nonaccrual during the year.

The Bank has experienced a decline in total nonperforming loan balances over the most recent six quarters, much like most of the banking industry. The decline is attributable in part to the improvement of economic conditions allowing some borrowers to experience stabilized or improved cash flow. The remainder of the decline is the result of the Bank charging down balances of nonperforming loans where necessary.

Partially charged off loans with updated appraisal values remain on nonperforming status and are subject to the Bank's standard recovery policies and procedures, including, but not limited to, foreclosure proceedings, a forbearance agreement, or classification as a TDR, unless collectability of the entire balance of principal and interest is no longer in doubt and the loan is current or will be brought current within a short period of time.

Nonaccrual Loans

The Bank generally places a loan on nonaccrual status and ceases accruing interest when loan payment performance is deemed unsatisfactory and the loan is past due 90 days or more, unless the loan is both well-secured and in the process of collection.

18

The following table details the change in total nonaccrual loan balances during 2011:

TABLE 9

	Twelve Months Ended
(in thousands)	December 31, 2011
Balance at January 1, 2011	$	52,188
Total additions	24,060
Net charge-offs	(20,590		)
Total pay downs	(10,162		)
Total upgrades to accruing status	(6,031		)
Total transfers to foreclosed assets	(5,336		)
Balance at December 31, 2011	$	34,129

During 2011, the additions to nonaccrual status consisted of 48 commercial relationships and 43 consumer loans. The largest relationship totaled $5.3 million and consisted primarily of commercial real estate loans. This resulted from a borrower filing for reorganization bankruptcy during the third quarter. At the present time, management believes, based upon appraisals and evaluation of the collateral that the Bank holds sufficient collateral for this relationship. One additional relationship that was added, had an aggregate specific loss allocation of $500,000 at year end 2011. The average total balance of commercial relationships added during the 2011 was $463,000.

Of the total net loan charge-offs by the Bank in 2011, $17.3 million was related to loans that were nonaccruing at December 31, 2010. During 2011, $3.6 million, or 21%, of this amount was related to loans for which the Bank had a specific loss allocation as of December 31, 2010. During 2011, collection of these nonaccrual loans became less likely due to unforeseen developments including, an extreme decline in the value of the real estate collateral for one seven figure loan in particular, a participation transaction that dissolved as a result of the lead lender electing not to proceed with a large refinance and the realization through lack of market interest that the value of the collateral for a large collateral dependent loan was significantly less than the appraisal value, among other things. The remaining $3.3 million of net loan charge-offs was associated with loans classified as nonaccruing during 2011. One relationship that was addedhad an aggregate specific loss allocation of $500,000 at year end 2011. Five commercial construction and land development relationships totaled $10.2 million, or 50%, of total net charge-offs during 2011 and three relationships totaling $6.2 million, or 30%, were commercial and industrial loans.

Three commercial relationships totaling $4.7 million and one consumer loan for $863,000 were upgraded to accruing status during 2011 in addition to other smaller consumer and residential loans that were also upgraded.

The table and discussion that follows provides additional details of the components of our nonaccrual commercial and industrial loans, commercial construction and land development loans and commercial real estate loans, our three largest nonaccrual categories.

19

TABLE 10

	Nonaccrual Loans
(dollars in thousands)	2011		2010
Commercial and Industrial:
Number of loans	44		53
Number of loans greater than $1 million	3		6
Average outstanding balance of those loans:
Greater than $1 million	$	2,229	$	2,954
Less than $1 million	$	85	$	118
Commercial Construction and Land Development:
Number of loans	19		8
Number of loans greater than $1 million	3		5
Average outstanding balance of those loans:
Greater than $1 million	$	1,261	$	2,560
Less than $1 million	$	295	$	452
Commercial Real Estate:
Number of loans	25		14
Number of loans greater than $1 million	1		1
Average outstanding balance of those loans:
Greater than $1 million	$	3,719	$	3,719
Less than $1 million	$	171	$	131

At December 31, 2011, 44 loans were in the nonaccrual commercial and industrial category with outstanding balances ranging from $1,000 to $3.4 million. Of the 44 loans, three loans were in excess of $1.0 million each and aggregated $6.7 million, or 66%, of total nonaccrual commercial and industrial loans. The average outstanding balance was $2.2 million per loan. The remaining 41 loans account for the difference at an average outstanding balance of $85,000 per loan.

There were 19 loans in the nonaccrual commercial construction and land development category with outstanding balances ranging from $72,000 to $1.5 million. Of the 19 loans, three loans were in excess of $1.0 million each and aggregated to $3.8 million, or 44%, of total nonaccrual commercial construction and land development loans, with an average outstanding balance of $1.3 million per loan. The remaining 16 loans account for the difference at an average outstanding balance of $295,000 per loan.

There were 25 loans in the nonaccrual commercial real estate category with outstanding balances ranging from $23,000 to $3.7 million. Of the 25 loans, one loan totaled $3.7 million, or 48%, of total nonaccrual commercial real estate loans. The remaining 24 loans account for the difference at an average outstanding balance of $171,000 per loan. One relationship that was placed on nonaccrual had $3.6 million in commercial real estate loans and accounted for 17 of the 25 loans.

Foreclosed Assets

Foreclosed assets totaled $7.1 million at December 31, 2011 and $6.8 million at December 31, 2010. The total comprised 27 properties at December 31, 2011, with the largest property balance valued at $2.2 million compared to 20 properties at December 31, 2010, the largest property balance valued at $4.0 million. The increase in foreclosed real estate during 2011 is the result of the transfer of 34 properties into this category totaling approximately $5.3 million, partially offset by the sale of 27 properties for a total of $2.8 million, write-downs of $2.1 million on 10 properties and five pay downs totaling $284,000.

The Company obtains third party appraisals by one of several Board pre-approved certified general appraisers on nonperforming loans secured by real estate at the time a loan is determined to be nonperforming to support the fair market value of the collateral.  Appraisals are ordered by the Company's Real Estate Loan Administration Department which is independent of both the loan workout and loan production functions. The Company properly charges down loans based on the fair value of the collateral as determined by the current appraisal or other collateral valuations less any costs to sell before the properties are transferred to foreclosed real estate.

20

Troubled Debt Restructurings

As mentioned previously, a TDR is a loan in which the contractual terms have been modified resulting in the Bank granting a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulties in order for the Bank to have a greater opportunity of collecting the indebtedness from the borrower. Concessions could include, but are not limited to, interest rate reductions below current market interest rates, atypical maturity extensions and principal forgiveness. An additional benefit to the Company in granting a concession is to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral at a time when real estate values are at historical lows, in attempt to minimize losses.

As of December 31, 2011 TDRs totaled $22.9 million, of which $10.1 million were included in nonaccruing loans. The remaining $12.8 million of TDRs were accruing at December 31, 2011. TDR loans totaled $177,000 at December 31, 2010.

There were fifteen relationships consisting of 35 loans which were restructured during 2011. The majority of these loans, approximately $10.0 million, were commercial construction and land development loans and $4.3 million were other commercial real estate loans. The commercial construction and land development loans were considered to be TDRs by management as a result of maturity date extensions of residential tract development loans that were granted. Additionally, $3.1 million of the commercial real estate loans were extended beyond their original maturity date. Commercial and industrial loans that were restructured totaled $8.0 million and the majority of those loans were restructured as the result of forbearance agreements.

Nonaccrual TDRs may be reclassified to accruing TDRs when the borrower has consistently made full payments for at least six months and the Bank expects repayment of the modified loan's principal and interest. The loan will no longer be considered a TDR when the interest rate is equal to or greater than the rate that the Bank was willing to accept at the time of the restructuring for a new loan with comparable risk and the loan is no longer impaired based on the terms specified by the restructuring agreement.

Impaired and Other Problem Loans

Impaired loans include nonaccrual loans in addition to loans which the Company, based on current information, does not expect to receive both the principal and interest amounts due from a borrower according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. These loans totaled $63.5 million at December 31, 2011 with an aggregate specific allocation of $3.6 million compared to impaired loans of $71.8 million at December 31, 2010 with a $3.6 million aggregate specific allocation. The specific allocation related to three relationships at December 31, 2011 versus four different relationships at December 31, 2010.

Impaired loans have been evaluated as to risk exposure in determining the adequacy of the ALL. See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included herein, for an age analysis of loans receivable and for further detail regarding impaired loans.

The Bank obtains third party appraisals ordered by the Real Estate Loan Administration Department on nonperforming loans secured by real estate at the time the loan is determined to be impaired. The Bank properly charges down loans based on the fair value of the collateral as determined by the current appraisal or other collateral valuations less any costs to sell.

The charge down of any impaired loan is done upon receipt and satisfactory review of the appraisal or other collateral valuation and, in no event, later than the end of the quarter in which the appraisal or valuation was accepted by the Bank. No significant time lapses during this process have occurred for any period presented.

The Bank also considers the volatility of the fair value of the collateral, timing and reliability of the appraisal, timing of the third party's inspection of the collateral, confidence in the Bank's lien on the collateral, historical losses on similar loans and other factors based on the type of real estate securing the loan. As deemed necessary, the Bank will perform inspections of the collateral to determine if an adjustment of the value of the collateral is necessary.

The Bank may create a specific allowance for all or a part of a particular loan in lieu of a charge-off as a result of management's evaluation of the impaired loan. In these instances, the Bank has determined that a loss is probable but not imminent based upon available information surrounding the credit at the time of the analysis, however, management believes an allowance is appropriate to acknowledge the potential risk of loss.

Management's Allowance for Loan Loss Committee has performed a detailed review of the impaired loans and of the collateral related to these credits and believes, to the best of its knowledge, that the ALL remains adequate for the level of risk inherent in these loans at December 31, 2011.

Any criticized or classified loan not considered impaired is reviewed to determine if it is a potential problem loan. Such loan classifications totaled $44.4 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $47.3 million at December 31, 2010 and were comprised of $18.2 million of special mention rated loans and $26.2 million of substandard accruing loans which were not deemed impaired. These problem loans were included in the general pool of loans to determine the adequacy of the ALL at December 31, 2011.

21

While it is difficult to forecast impaired loans due to numerous variables, the Bank, through its credit risk management tools and other credit metrics, believes it has currently identified the material problem loans in the portfolio.

As a result of continued economic uncertainty affecting unemployment, consumer spending, home sales and collateral values, it is possible that the Company may experience increased levels of nonperforming assets and additional losses in the foreseeable future.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALL is established in the form of a provision expense for loan losses and is reduced by loan charge-offs, net of recoveries. When loans are deemed to be uncollectible, they are charged off. Management has established a reserve that it believes is adequate for estimated losses in the loan portfolio. In conjunction with an outsourced third party loan review function that operates independently of the lending function, management monitors the loan portfolio to identify risks on a timely basis so that an appropriate allowance is maintained. Based on an evaluation of the loan portfolio, management presents a quarterly review of the ALL to the board of directors, indicating any changes in the allowance since the last review. In making the evaluation, management considers the results of recent regulatory examinations, which typically include a review of the ALL as an integral part of the examination process.

In establishing the allowance, management evaluates, on a quantitative basis, classified loans to determine an aggregate reserve for those loans based on that review. In addition, an allowance for the remainder of the loan portfolio is determined based on historical loss experience within certain components of the portfolio. These allocations may be modified if current conditions indicate that loan losses may differ from historical experience. In addition, a portion of the allowance is established for losses inherent in the loan portfolio, which have not been identified by the quantitative processes described above. This determination inherently involves a higher degree of subjectivity and considers risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in historical loss experience. These factors include:

• Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards;

• Changes in levels and trends of collection, charge-off and recovery practices; changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

• Material changes in the mix, volume or duration of the portfolio;

• Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

• Changes in the quality of our loan review system;

• Changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

• The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

• Changes in international, national, regional and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectibility of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments and the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.

More specifically, the methodology utilized to assess the adequacy of the allowance includes:

• Identifying loans for individual review under current guidance as required by GAAP. Generally, the loans identified for individual review consist of larger balance commercial business loans and commercial mortgages;

• Assessing whether the loans identified for review are “impaired” based on the probability that all amounts due under the loan will not be collected according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement;

• For loans identified as impaired, calculating the estimated fair value of the loans, using one of the following methods, a) observable market price, b) discounted cash flow or c) the value of the underlying collateral;

• Identifying other loans for evaluation collectively as required by GAAP. In general, these other loans include residential mortgages and consumer loans;

• Segmenting loans into groups with similar characteristics and allocating an ALL to each segment based on recent loss history and other relevant information; and

• Reviewing the results to determine the appropriate amount of the ALL.

While the ALL is maintained at a level believed to be adequate by management to cover estimated losses in the loan portfolio, determination of the allowance is inherently subjective, as it requires estimates, all of which may be susceptible to significant change. Changes in these

22

estimates may impact the provisions charged to expense in future periods. See Note 4 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011, included herein, for further discussion regarding the ALL.

The Company recorded provisions of $20.6 million to the ALL in 2011, compared to $21.0 million for 2010. During 2011, net charge-offs for the year totaled to $20.6 million, or 1.43%, of average loans outstanding, excluding loans held for sale, compared to $13.8 million, or 0.98%, of average loans outstanding for 2010. Approximately $16.5 million, or 80%, of total net charge-offs for 2011 were concentrated in a total of seven different loan relationships. Comparatively, ten different loan relationships accounted for approximately $10.5 million, or 76%, of the total net charge-off figure for 2010. The ALL as a percentage of loans receivable decreased from 1.57% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2010, to 1.50% of total loans outstanding at December 31, 2011. The allowance at December 31, 2011 provided coverage of 62% of total nonperforming loans compared with 41% of nonperforming loans at December 31, 2010. See the Application of Critical Accounting Policies section in this Management's Discussion and Analysis regarding the ALL as well as Notes 1 and 4 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included herein for further discussion regarding our ALL.

Table 11 summarizes the transactions in the ALL for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011 and each of the preceding four years. The table is presented in summary due to the FASB guidance issued in July 2010 related to an entity's allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables requiring the activity by portfolio segment be disclosed only for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.

23

TABLE 11

				Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2011			2010			2009			2008			2007
Balance at beginning of year	$	21,618		$	14,391		$	16,719		$	10,742		$	9,685
Provisions charged to operating expenses	20,592			21,000			12,425			7,475			1,762
	42,210			35,391			29,144			18,217			11,447
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off:
Commercial and industrial	156			407			92			145			11
Commercial tax-exempt	—			—			—			—			—
Owner occupied real estate	60			3			—			—			—
Commercial construction and land development	11			58			1			—			—
Commercial real estate	15			25			121			—			8
Residential	68			5			87			—			—
Consumer	135			24			7			25			53
Total recoveries	445			522			308			170			72
Loans charged-off:
Commercial and industrial	(7,945		)	(5,995		)	(6,807		)	(1,426		)	(610		)
Commercial tax-exempt	—			—			—			—			—
Owner occupied real estate	(254		)	(614		)	(342		)	—			—
Commercial construction and land development	(10,629		)	(3,779		)	(3,652		)	—			—
Commercial real estate	(852		)	(2,138		)	(3,634		)	—			(2		)
Residential	(188		)	(705		)	(299		)	(69		)	(72		)
Consumer	(1,167		)	(1,064		)	(327		)	(173		)	(93		)
Total charged-off	(21,035		)	(14,295		)	(15,061		)	(1,668		)	(777		)
Net charge-offs	(20,590		)	(13,773		)	(14,753		)	(1,498		)	(705		)
Balance at end of year	$	21,620		$	21,618		$	14,391		$	16,719		$	10,742
Net charge-offs to average loans outstanding	1.43		%	0.98		%	1.02		%	0.11		%	0.07		%
ALL to year-end loans	1.50		%	1.57		%	1.00		%	1.16		%	0.93		%

Allocation of the ALL

The allocation of the ALL is made for analytical purposes and it is not necessarily indicative of the categories in which future credit losses may occur. The total allowance is available to absorb losses from any segment of loans. The allocations in the following table were determined by a combination of the following factors: specific allocations made on loans considered impaired as determined by management and the loan review committee, a general allocation on certain other impaired loans and historical losses in each loan type category combined with a weighting of the current loan composition. The following table details the allocation of the ALL to the various categories. Prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation format.

24

TABLE 12

	December 31,
	2011				2010				2009				2008				2007
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		% Gross Loans		Amount		% Gross Loans		Amount		% Gross Loans		Amount		% Gross Loans		Amount		% Gross Loans
Commercial and industrial	$	8,400	22	%	$	9,679	24	%	$	5,002	28	%	$	5,750	26	%	$	3,567	28	%
Commercial tax-exempt	79		6		86		6		1,258		7		852		6		435		3
Owner occupied real estate	729		20		910		18		2,419		18		2,020		19		1,914		22
Commercial construction and land development	7,840		7		5,420		8		914		8		2,231		7		62		7
Commercial real estate	3,241		25		4,002		23		2,343		18		2,890		20		1,737		14
Residential	435		6		442		6		738		6		1,002		6		893		8
Consumer	831		14		702		15		1,687		15		1,899		16		1,800		18
Unallocated	65		—		377		—		30		—		75		—		334		—
Total	$	21,620	100	%	$	21,618	100	%	$	14,391	100	%	$	16,719	100	%	$	10,742	100	%

Deposits

Total deposits at December 31, 2011, were $2.07 billion, an increase of $239.4 million, or 13%, over total deposits one year ago.  We regard core deposits as all deposits other than public time deposits. Core deposits increased by $258.1 million, or 15%, from $1.77 billion at December 31, 2010 to $2.03 billion at December 31, 2011. Total core demand noninterest-bearing deposits increased by $56.3 million, or 17%, core demand interest-bearing deposits increased by $111.2 million, or 12%, and core savings account balances increased by $113.9 million, or 39%, year over year. Commercial core deposits grew by $34.9 million, or 6%, in 2011 to $587.1 million and governmental core deposits increased by $169.2 million, or 52%, to $492.1 million. Core consumer deposits totaled $949.1 million at December 31, 2011 and comprise 47% of our total core deposits. Total average deposits for 2011 were $1.94 billion, an increase of $77.4 million, or 4%, over the 2010 average of $1.86 billion.

The average balances and weighted-average rates paid on deposits for 2011, 2010 and 2009 are presented below:

TABLE 13

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011				2010				2009
(dollars in thousands)	Average Balance/Rate				Average Balance/Rate				Average Balance/Rate
Demand deposits:
Noninterest-bearing	$	373,494			$	332,099			$	303,963
Interest-bearing (money market and checking)	967,982		0.56	%	946,982		0.69	%	795,835		0.92	%
Savings	336,720		0.43		324,698		0.47		329,799		0.59
Time	261,002		1.75		258,042		2.11		271,643		2.95
Total deposits	$	1,939,198	0.59	%	$	1,861,821	0.72	%	$	1,701,240	1.02	%

The decrease in the average rates paid on deposits over the past three years are a direct result of the general level of short-term market interest rates and the Company's pricing of its deposit rates paid in accordance with such market rates.  See the Results of Operations section earlier in this Management's Discussion and Analysis regarding the Company's cost of deposits.

The remaining maturities for time deposits with balances of $100,000 or more as of December 31, 2011 are presented in Table 14.

25

TABLE 14

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011
3 months or less	$	20,747
3 to 6 months	37,720
6 to 12 months	21,036
Over 12 months	26,248
Total	$	105,751

Short-Term Borrowings

Short-term borrowings used to meet temporary funding needs consist of overnight federal funds purchased as well as overnight and short-term advances from the FHLB. For 2011, short-term borrowings averaged $128.0 million, a $75.8 million, or 145%, increase over 2010. The increase in 2011 as compared to 2010 was attributable to an asset/liability strategy to utilize low-cost borrowings to purchase investment securities during the first six months of 2011 and then repay the borrowings throughout the second half of the year with deposit growth. The Company's deposit growth is typically higher in the second half of the year due to the seasonal influx of deposits associated with government and municipal deposit customers.

Rates paid by Metro on short-term borrowings are set by the respective creditors and are directly related to the level of overall general market interest rates. Therefore, due to the lower level of market rates prevalent throughout 2011 compared to 2010 and 2009, the average rate paid on such borrowings by Metro decreased by 26 bps in 2011 compared to 2010. The following table details the above discussion:

TABLE 15

	Years Ended December 31,
(dollars in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Outstanding balance	$	65,000		$	140,475		$	51,075
Weighted-average interest rate at period-end	0.15		%	0.60		%	0.62		%
Maximum amount outstanding at any one month-end	$	206,275		$	140,475		$	317,700
Average outstanding balance	$	127,975		$	52,170		$	172,870
Weighted-average interest rate on average outstanding balances	0.34		%	0.60		%	0.59		%

Long-Term Debt

Long-term debt totaled $49.2 million at December 31, 2011 compared to $29.4 million at December 31, 2010. Our long-term debt consists of $24.2 million of Trust Capital Securities through Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust II and Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust III, our Delaware business trust subsidiaries. As part of the Company's Asset/Liability management strategy, management utilized a FHLB fixed borrowing product during the second quarter of 2011 by obtaining $25.0 million in borrowings with a two year maturity and interest rate of 1.01%. The entire $25.0 million was outstanding at December 31, 2011. Due to strong regulatory capital levels and in an effort to increase future net interest income, the Company repurchased and retired $5.0 million of 11% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities during the fourth quarter of 2011 and, in doing so, incurred a $75,000 repayment charge. For 2012 and going forward, this will serve to reduce the Company's pretax interest expense by $550,000 annually. During the fourth quarter of 2010 the Company elected to pay off a $25.0 million FHLB convertible select borrowing product which had a five year maturity and a six month conversion term at an initial rate of 4.29% and, in doing so, incurred a $1.6 million prepayment charge. At December 31, 2011, all of the Capital Trust Securities qualified as Tier I capital for regulatory capital purposes. Proceeds of the trust capital securities were used for general corporate purposes, including additional capitalization of our wholly-owned banking subsidiary. See Note 10 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 for further analysis of our long-term debt.

Stockholders' Equity and Capital Adequacy

At December 31, 2011, total stockholders' equity totaled $220.0 million, up $14.7 million, or 7%, over total stockholders' equity at December 31, 2010. Average stockholders' equity to average assets for the year 2011 was 9.18% compared to 9.46% in 2010. See Note 12 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for the year ended December 31, 2011 included herein, for additional discussion regarding Stockholders' Equity.

26

On August 6, 2009, Metro Bancorp, Inc. filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) which will allow the Company, from time to time, to offer and sell up to a total aggregate of $250.0 million of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, or warrants, either separately or together in any combination. The shelf registration statement also registered trust preferred securities, however, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) excludes from regulatory capital the inclusion of trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010. Consequently, the Company has no foreseeable plans to issue additional trust preferred securities. The Company has always been well-capitalized under federal regulatory guidelines, however the shelf registration better positions us to take advantage of potential opportunities for growth and to address current economic conditions.

The Company offers a Dividend Reinvestment and Stock Purchase Plan and received proceeds from stock purchases through this plan of $3.8 million during 2011 and $3.2 million during 2010. Beginning January 1, 2012, the voluntary cash payments maximum was reduced from $25,000 to $10,000 per month and the 3% discount on such purchases was eliminated. These changes could reduce the voluntary cash payments the Company may receive during future periods.

Risk-based capital provides the basis for which all banks are evaluated in terms of capital adequacy. The risk-based capital standards require all banks to have Tier 1 capital of at least 4% and total capital, including Tier 1 capital, of at least 8% of risk-adjusted assets. Tier 1 capital includes common stockholders' equity and qualifying perpetual preferred stock together with related surpluses and retained earnings. Total capital may be comprised of total Tier 1 capital plus limited life preferred stock, qualifying debt instruments and the ALL.

The following table provides a comparison of the Company's risk-based capital ratios and leverage ratios to the minimum regulatory requirements for the periods indicated:

TABLE 16

	Company				Bank				Minimum Regulatory Requirements		Well-Capitalized Threshold
	December 31,				December 31,
	2011		2010		2011		2010				(Bank Only)
Total Capital	15.36	%	15.83	%	14.12	%	14.06	%	8.00	%	10.00	%
Tier 1 Capital	14.11		14.58		12.87		12.81		4.00		6.00
Leverage ratio (to total average assets)	9.99		10.68		9.10		9.38		4.00		5.00

At December 31, 2011, the capital levels of the Bank met the regulatory definition of a “well-capitalized” financial institution, i.e., a leverage capital ratio exceeding 5%, a Tier 1 risk-based capital ratio exceeding 6% and a total risk-based capital ratio exceeding 10%.

Our common stock trades on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol METR. The table below sets forth the prices on the NASDAQ Global Select Market known to us for the period beginning January 1, 2010 through December 31, 2011. As of December 31, 2011, there were approximately 3,500 holders of record of the Company's common stock.

TABLE 17

	Sales Price
Quarter Ended:	High		Low
December 31, 2011	$	9.30	$	7.75
September 30, 2011	11.90		8.30
June 30, 2011	12.90		10.30
March 31, 2011	12.85		10.88
December 31, 2010	$	11.33	$	9.30
September 30, 2010	13.45		9.05
June 30, 2010	14.76		11.72
March 31, 2010	14.22		10.82

27

The following graph shows the yearly percentage change in the Company's cumulative total shareholder return on its common stock from December 31, 2006 to December 31, 2011 compared with the cumulative total return of the NASDAQ Bank Index and the NASDAQ Composite Market Index.

Interest Rate Sensitivity

The management of interest rate sensitivity seeks to avoid fluctuating net interest margins and to provide consistent net interest income through periods of changing interest rates.

Our risk of loss arising from adverse changes in the fair value of financial instruments, or market risk, is composed primarily of interest rate risk. The primary objective of our asset/liability management activities is to maximize net interest income while maintaining acceptable levels of interest rate risk. Our Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) is responsible for establishing policies to limit exposure to interest rate risk and to ensure procedures are established to monitor compliance with those policies. Our board of directors reviews the guidelines established by ALCO.

An interest rate sensitive asset or liability is one that, within a defined time period, either matures or experiences an interest rate change in line with general market interest rates. Historically, the most common method of estimating interest rate risk was to measure the maturity and repricing relationships between interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities at specific points in time, referred to as “GAP,” typically one year. Under this method, a company is considered liability sensitive when the amount of its interest-bearing liabilities exceeds the amount of its interest-earning assets within the one-year horizon. However, assets and liabilities with similar repricing characteristics may not reprice at the same time or to the same degree. As a result, our GAP does not necessarily predict the impact of changes in general levels of interest rates on net interest income. Table 18 shows our GAP position as of December 31, 2011. The repricing assumptions used in the table are as follows:

• Fixed rate loans receivable are scheduled according to their contractual amortization and payment schedules specific to each loan. A market consensus Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR) based on historical actual experience is applied to fixed rate commercial and consumer loans;

• Floating rate loans receivable are tied to a floating index such as the New York Prime lending rate and are scheduled according to their repricing characteristics;

28

• Securities with pre-payment characteristics such as MBSs and CMOs are scheduled based upon their remaining weighted-average lives as calculated utilizing a market consensus CPR. Securities with call options are analyzed in the context of the existing interest rate environment to estimate the likelihood of their call and to project their resulting payment schedule. All other securities are assumed to reprice at their contractual maturity;

• Fixed rate deposit transaction accounts are scheduled to reprice in accordance with their estimated decay rates as determined in a core deposit study produced by an independent consultant. Floating rate deposit transaction accounts are scheduled in the 1-90 day category as they are tied to a floating index such as the 91-Day Treasury bill; and

• Time deposit accounts, short-term borrowings and trust capital securities are scheduled based upon their contractual maturity dates.

TABLE 18

	December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)	1 - 90 Days			91 - 180 Days			181 - 365 Days			1 - 5 Years			Beyond 5 Years			Total
Interest-earning assets:
Loans receivable, including loans held for sale	$	659,370		$	41,053		$	80,478		$	501,124		$	164,002		$	1,446,027
Securities	222,819			40,516			95,989			276,906			180,379			816,609
Federal Funds Sold	8,075			—			—			—			—			8,075
Total interest-earning assets	890,264			81,569			176,467			778,030			344,381			2,270,711
Interest-bearing liabilities:
Transaction accounts, excluding noninterest-bearing demand	330,712			54,574			57,251			240,467			762,651			1,445,655
Time deposits	58,828			55,494			42,686			71,660			—			228,668
Short-term borrowings	65,000			—			—			—			—			65,000
Long-term debt	—			—			—			25,000			24,200			49,200
Total interest-bearing liabilities	454,540			110,068			99,937			337,127			786,851			1,788,523
Period GAP	435,724			(28,499		)	76,530			440,903			(442,470		)	$	482,188
Cumulative GAP	$	435,724		$	407,225		$	483,755		$	924,658		$	482,188
Cumulative RSA / RSL	195.86		%	172.13		%	172.79		%	192.31		%	126.96		%

Notes: Securities are reported at face value for purposes of this table. Securities include restricted investments in bank stock for purposes of this table. RSA means rate sensitive assets; RSL means rate sensitive liabilities.

Shortcomings are inherent in any GAP analysis since certain assets and liabilities may not move proportionately as interest rates change. As the interest rate environment has become more dynamic, we have continued to place greater reliance on interest income sensitivity modeling and less on GAP reporting.

Our management understands that the preparation of GAP reports can only provide a guide to the impact of the movement of interest rates. Modeling is the best means to predict the movement in interest rates. This is true because even with the achievement of a perfectly matched balance sheet (per a GAP report), we may be subject to interest rate risk due to: differences in the timing of repricing, basis risk, market risk, customer ability to prepay loans or withdraw funds and yield curve risk.

Our management believes the simulation of net interest income in different interest rate environments provides a more meaningful measure of interest rate risk. Income simulation analysis captures not only the potential of all assets and liabilities to mature or reprice, but also the probability that they will do so. Income simulation also attends to the relative interest rate sensitivities of these items and projects their behavior over an extended period of time. Finally, income simulation permits management to assess the probable effects on the balance sheet not only of changes in interest rates, but also of proposed strategies for responding to them.

Our income simulation model analyzes interest rate sensitivity by projecting net interest income over the next 24 months in a flat rate scenario versus net interest income in alternative interest rate scenarios. Our management continually reviews and refines its interest rate risk management process in response to the changing economic climate. Currently, our model projects up to a plus 500 bp increase and a 100 bp decrease during the next year, with rates remaining constant in the second year. The minus100 bp scenario is not considered

29

very likely, given the low absolute level of short-term interest rates.  In 2010, the Bank modeled up to a 300 bp increase in rates as an increasing rate environment projection.

Our ALCO policy has established that income sensitivity will be considered acceptable if overall net interest income volatility in the above mentioned interest rate scenarios are within 6% of forecasted net interest income in the first year and within 7% using a two-year time frame.

The following table compares the impact on forecasted net income at December 31, 2011 and 2010 of a plus 300, plus 200 and plus 100 bp change in interest rates.

TABLE 19

	Plus 300		Plus 200		Plus 100
December 31, 2011
Twelve Months	(0.04	)%	0.04	%	0.08	%
Twenty-Four Months	2.39	%	1.66	%	0.79	%
December 31, 2010
Twelve Months	(0.35	)%	(0.25	)%	(0.02	)%
Twenty-Four Months	2.65	%	1.71	%	0.88	%

Management continues to evaluate strategies in conjunction with the Company's ALCO to effectively manage the interest rate risk position. Such strategies could include the sale of a portion of our AFS investment portfolio, purchasing floating rate securities, altering the mix of our deposits by type and therefore rate paid, the use of risk management tools such as interest rate swaps and caps, adjusting the investment leverage position funded by short-term borrowings extending the maturity structure of the Bank's short-term borrowing position or fixing the cost of our short-term borrowings.

Management uses many assumptions to calculate the impact of changes in interest rates. Actual results may not be similar to our projections due to several factors including the timing and frequency of rate changes, market conditions and the shape of the yield curve. In general, a flattening of the interest rate yield curve would result in reduced net interest income compared to a normal-shaped interest rate yield curve scenario and proportionate rate shift assumptions. Actual results may also differ due to management's actions, if any, in response to the changing rates.

Management also monitors interest rate risk by utilizing a market value of equity model. The model assesses the impact of a change in interest rates on the market value of all our assets and liabilities, as well as any off balance sheet items. Market value of equity is defined as the market value of assets less the market value of liabilities plus the market value of off-balance sheet items. The model calculates the market value of equity in the current rate scenario and then compares the market value of equity given an immediate 200 bp increase in rates.  Our ALCO policy indicates that the level of interest rate risk is unacceptable in the 100 basis point immediate interest rate change scenarios if there is a resulting loss of more than 15% of the market value calculated in the current rate scenario. In the 200 basis point immediate interest rate change scenario a loss of more than 25% loss of market value is deemed unacceptable. A loss of more than 35% is defined as unacceptable in the 300 basis point immediate rate change scenario, while a loss of more than 40% is unacceptable in immediate rate change scenarios of 400 basis points or more. At December 31, 2011 the market value of equity calculation indicated acceptable levels of interest rate risk in all scenarios per the policies established by our ALCO.

The market value of equity model reflects certain estimates and assumptions regarding the impact on the market value of our assets and liabilities given an immediate plus 200 change in rates. One of the key assumptions is the market value assigned to our core deposits, or the core deposit premiums. Using an independent consultant, we have completed and updated comprehensive core deposit studies in order to assign our own core deposit premiums as permitted by regulation. The studies have consistently confirmed management's assertion that our core deposits have stable balances over long periods of time, are generally insensitive to changes in interest rates and have significantly longer average lives and durations than our loans and investment securities. Thus, these core deposit balances provide an internal hedge to market fluctuations in our fixed rate assets. The most recent study calculates an average life of our core deposit transaction accounts of 8.4 years. Management believes the core deposit premiums produced by its market value of equity model at December 31, 2011 provide an accurate assessment of our interest rate risk.  

Liquidity

The objective of liquidity risk management is to ensure our ability to meet our financial obligations. These obligations include the payment of deposits on demand at their contractual maturity; the repayment of borrowings as they mature; the payment of lease obligations as

30

they become due; the ability to fund new and existing loans and other funding commitments; and the ability to take advantage of new business opportunities. There are two fundamental risks in our liquidity risk management. The first is if we were unable to meet our funding requirements at a reasonable and profitable cost. The second is the potential inability to operate our business because adequate contingency liquidity is not available in a stressed environment or under adverse conditions.

We manage liquidity risk at both the bank and parent company levels to help ensure that we can obtain cost-effective funding to meet current and future obligations and to help ensure that we maintain an appropriate level of contingent liquidity. The board of directors is responsible for approving our Liquidity Policy to be implemented by the ALCO and management.

Liquidity is measured and monitored daily, allowing management to better understand and react to balance sheet trends. On a quarterly basis, a comprehensive liquidity analysis is reviewed by our board of directors. The analysis provides a summary of the current liquidity measurements, projections and future liquidity positions given various levels of liquidity stress. Management also maintains a detailed Liquidity Contingency Plan designed to respond to an overall decline in the financial condition of the banking industry or a problem specific to Metro.

Bank Level Liquidity - Uses

At the bank level, primary liquidity obligations include funding loan commitments, satisfying deposit withdrawal requests and maturities and debt service related to bank borrowings. We also maintain adequate bank liquidity to meet future potential loan demand, purchase investment securities and provide for other business needs as necessary.

Bank Level Liquidity - Sources

Liquidity sources are found on both sides of the balance sheet. Our single largest source of bank liquidity is the deposit base that comes from our retail, commercial business and government deposit customers. Liquidity is also provided on a continuous basis through scheduled and unscheduled principal reductions and interest payments on outstanding loans and investments, maturing short-term assets, the ability to sell marketable securities and from short-term borrowings.

Our investment portfolio consists mainly of CMOs and MBSs. Cash flows from such investments are dependent upon the performance of the underlying mortgage loans and are generally influenced by the level of interest rates. As rates increase, cash flows generally decrease as prepayments on the underlying mortgage loans slow. As rates decrease, cash flows generally increase as prepayments increase. The current market environment has positively impacted the fair market value of certain securities in the Company's investment portfolio, however, the Company is not inclined to act on a sale of such securities for liquidity purposes at this time.  With interest rates near record-lows, the Company would more likely be inclined to borrow from one of the sources discussed in the following paragraph.

We also maintain secondary sources of liquidity which can be drawn upon if needed. These secondary sources of liquidity include a $15.0 million line of credit through a correspondent bank, a $20.0 million line of credit through another correspondent bank and $515.5 million of borrowing capacity at the FHLB. Metro Bank is a member of the FHLB-Pittsburgh and, as such, has access to advances secured generally by residential mortgage and other mortgage-related loans. In addition we have the ability to borrow at the Federal Reserve Bank of Philadelphia's (FRB) Discount Window to meet short-term liquidity requirements. The FRB, however, is not viewed as the primary source of our borrowings, but rather as a potential source of liquidity under certain circumstances or in a stressed environment or during a market disruption. These potential borrowings are secured by residential mortgage backed securities and agency collateralized mortgage obligations. At December 31, 2011, our total potential liquidity through FHLB and other secondary sources was $550.5 million, of which $460.5 million was available, as compared to $388.4 million available out of our total potential liquidity of $528.9 million at December 31, 2010. The $21.6 million increase in potential liquidity was mainly due to the addition of a line of credit from a correspondent bank. FHLB borrowing capacity is determined based on asset levels on a quarterly lag.

The Bank opted to remain in the FDIC-sponsored Temporary Liquidity Guarantee Program which provided 100% federal deposit insurance coverage for any individual noninterest-bearing demand checking account and for low-interest NOW checking accounts whose balance exceeds $250,000. The original program expired on December 31, 2010. The Dodd-Frank Act provides temporary unlimited coverage for noninterest-bearing transaction accounts at all FDIC-insured depository institutions. The separate coverage for these accounts became effective on December 31, 2010 and terminates on December 31, 2012. Upon such expiration, customer deposit and withdrawal behavior for such accounts could fluctuate materially and, as a result, have an adverse impact on our liquidity position.

Parent Company Liquidity - Uses

The Parent and the Bank's liquidity are managed separately. At the parent level, primary liquidity obligations include debt service related to parent company long-term debt or borrowings, unallocated corporate expenses, funding its subsidiaries, and could also include paying dividends to Metro shareholders, share repurchases or acquisitions if Metro chose to do so.

31

Parent Company Liquidity - Sources

The principal source of the Parent's liquidity is dividends it receives from the subsidiary Bank, which may be impacted by: Bank-level capital needs, laws and regulations, corporate policies, or other factors. Although the Bank did not issue dividends to the Parent in 2011, the Parent has cash on hand to support its operating needs for the foreseeable future. The Bank is subject to regulatory restrictions on its ability to pay dividends to the Parent. See Note 15 Regulatory Matters in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2011, included herein, for additional information regarding dividend restrictions.

In addition to dividends from Metro Bank, other sources of liquidity for the parent company include proceeds from common stock options exercised as well as proceeds from the issuance of common stock under Metro's stock purchase plan. We can also generate liquidity for Metro and its subsidiaries through the issuance of debt and equity securities. Metro has an effective shelf registration statement, as previously discussed, whereby we can issue additional debt and equity securities. See Notes 10 and 12 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2011, included herein, for additional information regarding capital securities.

The Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows included herein, provide additional information on our sources and uses of funds. From a funding standpoint, we have been able to rely over the years on a stable base of strong “core” deposit growth. Cash from operating activities during 2011 increased to $47.9 million from $8.7 million during 2010. This increase was primarily attributable to net income in 2011 as compared to a net loss in 2010, a decrease in originations of loans held for sale, an increase in other assets and a decrease in the charge of a deferred tax benefit, partially offset by a decrease in other liabilities. Investing activities resulted in a net cash outflow of $213.1 million during 2011 compared to $99.6 million in 2010, primarily due to an increase in loans receivable in 2011 as compared to 2010. Financing activities resulted in net cash of $187.4 million provided in 2011 compared to a net cash of $83.5 million in 2010. The net cash inflow in 2011 was mostly from an increase in deposits of $239.4 million compared to a $17.4 million increase in 2010, partially offset by a decrease in short-term borrowings and proceeds from long-term debt.

Aggregate Contractual Obligations

The following table represents our on-and-off balance sheet aggregate contractual obligations to make future payments as of December 31, 2011:

TABLE 20

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Less than 1 Year		1 to 3 Years		3 to 5 Years		Over 5 Years		Total
Time deposits	$	157,007	$	58,177	$	13,483	$	—	$	228,667
Long-term debt	—		25,000		—		24,200		49,200
Fiserv Solutions, Inc. obligation	6,826		14,678		8,027		—		29,531
Operating leases	2,599		4,944		4,607		19,983		32,133
Sponsorship obligation	338		677		677		676		2,368
Total	$	166,770	$	103,476	$	26,794	$	44,859	$	341,899

For further discussion regarding our commitments and contingencies, please see Notes 7 and 18 in the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2011, included herein.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

During the conduct of ordinary business operations we routinely enter into contracts for services. These contracts may require payment for services to be provided in the future and may also contain penalty clauses for the early termination of the contract. Management is not aware of any additional commitments or contingent liabilities, which may have a material adverse impact on our liquidity or capital resources.

We are also party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing needs of our customers. These financial instruments include commitments to extend credit and standby letters of credit. See Note 5 in the Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements for December 31, 2011, included herein, for additional information.

32

Forward-Looking Statements

This annual report on Form 10-K and the documents incorporated by reference contain forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, which we refer to as the Securities Act and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which we refer to as the Exchange Act, with respect to the financial condition, liquidity, results of operations, future performance and business of Metro Bancorp, Inc. These forward-looking statements are intended to be covered by the safe harbor for “forward-looking statements” provided by the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are those that are not historical facts. These forward-looking statements include statements with respect to our beliefs, plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions that are subject to significant risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors (some of which are beyond our control).   The words “may,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “believe,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “plan” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements.

While we believe our plans, objectives, goals, expectations, anticipations, estimates and intentions as reflected in these forward-looking statements are reasonable, we can give no assurance that any of them will be achieved.  You should understand that various factors, in addition to those discussed elsewhere in this annual report on Form 10-K and incorporated by reference in this annual report on Form 10-K, could affect our future results and could cause results to differ materially from those expressed in these forward-looking statements, including:

• the effects of and changes in, trade, monetary and fiscal policies, including interest rate policies of the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System;

• general economic or business conditions, either nationally, regionally or in the communities in which we do business, may be less favorable than expected, resulting in, among other things, a deterioration in credit quality and loan performance or a reduced demand for credit;

• continued effects of the aftermath of recessionary conditions and the impacts on the economy in general and our customers in particular, including adverse impacts on loan utilization rates as well as delinquencies, defaults and customers ability to meet credit obligations;

• our ability to manage current elevated levels of impaired assets;

• the impact of the Dodd-Frank Act and other changes in financial services’ laws and regulations (including laws concerning taxes, banking, securities and insurance);

• changes resulting from legislative and regulatory actions with respect to the current economic and financial industry environment;

• changes in the FDIC deposit fund and the associated premiums that banks pay to the fund;

• interest rate, market and monetary fluctuations;

• the results of the regulatory examination and supervision process;

• unanticipated regulatory or legal proceedings and liabilities and other costs;

• compliance with laws and regulatory requirements of federal, state and local agencies;

• our ability to continue to grow our business internally and through acquisitions and successful integration of new or acquired entities while controlling costs;

• continued levels of loan volume origination;

• the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses;

• deposit flows;

• the willingness of customers to substitute competitors’ products and services for our products and services and vice versa, based on price, quality, relationship or otherwise;

• changes in consumer spending and saving habits relative to the financial services we provide;

• the ability to hedge certain risks economically;

• the loss of certain key officers;

• changes in accounting principles, policies and guidelines;

• the timely development of competitive new products and services by us and the acceptance of such products and services by customers;

33

• rapidly changing technology;

• continued relationships with major customers;

• effect of terrorist attacks and threats of actual war;

• continued compliance with the April 29, 2010 consent order may result in increased noninterest expenses;

• expenses associated with modifications we are making to our logos in response to the Members 1st litigation and dismissal order;

• other economic, competitive, governmental, regulatory and technological factors affecting the Company’s operations, pricing, products and services; and

• our success at managing the risks involved in the foregoing.

Because such forward-looking statements are subject to risks and uncertainties, actual results may differ materially from those expressed or implied by such statements.  The foregoing list of important factors is not exclusive and you are cautioned not to place undue reliance on these factors or any of our forward-looking statements, which speak only as of the date of this document or, in the case of documents incorporated by reference, the dates of those documents. We do not undertake to update any forward-looking statements, whether written or oral, that may be made from time to time by or on behalf of us except as required by applicable law.

The Company may, from time to time, make written or oral “forward-looking statements”, including statements contained in the Company's filings with the SEC (including the annual report on Form 10-K and the exhibits thereto), in its reports to stockholders and in other communications by the Company, which are made in good faith by the Company pursuant to the “safe harbor” provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995.

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Interest rates, which may be affected by inflation, have a more significant impact on our performance than do the effects of general levels of inflation, since most of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or in the same magnitude as the prices of goods and services as measured by Personal Consumption Expenditures price index. The liquidity and maturity structure of our assets and liabilities are critical to the maintenance of acceptable performance levels.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

Our exposure to market risk principally includes interest rate risk, which was previously discussed. Historically, our net interest margin has remained fairly stable. Our net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2011 was 3.73%, a decrease of 16 bps from 3.89% for the year ended December 31, 2010. See the section titled “Net Interest Income and Net Interest Margin” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis for further discussion regarding our net interest margin performance.

Currently, we have 98% of our deposits in accounts which we consider core deposits. These accounts, which have a relatively low interest cost, have historically contributed significantly to our net interest margin.

34

Metro Bancorp, Inc.

Report on Management's Assessment of Internal Control Over

Financial Reporting

Metro Bancorp, Inc. is responsible for the preparation, integrity, and fair presentation of the consolidated financial statements included in this annual report.  The consolidated financial statements and notes included in this annual report have been prepared in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles and necessarily include some amounts that are based on management's best estimates and judgments.

We, as management of Metro Bancorp, Inc., are responsible for establishing and maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting that is designed to produce reliable financial statements in conformity with United States generally accepted accounting principles.  Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that in reasonable detail accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and disposition of the assets of the Company; provide reasonable assurance that the transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statement in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, that receipts and expenditures of the Company are only being made in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the Company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.  The system of internal control over financial reporting as it relates to the financial statements is evaluated for effectiveness by management and tested for liability through a program of internal audits.  Actions are taken to correct potential deficiencies as they are identified.

Any system of internal control, no matter how well designed, has inherent limitations, including the possibility that a control can be circumvented or overridden and misstatements due to error or fraud may occur and not be detected.  Also, because of changes in conditions, internal control effectiveness may vary over time.  Accordingly, even an effective system of internal control will provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation.

Management assessed the Company's system of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, in relation to criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting as described in Internal Control - Integrated Framework, issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.  Based on this assessment, management concludes that, as of December 31, 2011, its system of internal control over financial reporting is effective and meets the criteria of Internal Control - Integrated Framework.

ParenteBeard LLC, an independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company for the year ended December 31, 2011, appearing elsewhere in this annual report, and has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, as stated in their report, which is included herein.

	/s/ Gary L. Nalbandian
	Gary L. Nalbandian
	Chairman, President and Chief Executive Officer
	(Principal Executive Officer)
	/s/ Mark A. Zody
	Mark A. Zody
	Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
	(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
March 14, 2012

35

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Metro Bancorp, Inc.

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

We have audited Metro Bancorp, Inc.'s (the “Company”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). Metro Bancorp, Inc.'s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Report on Management's Assessment of Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company's internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. A company's internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company's assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Metro Bancorp, Inc. maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Metro Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011 and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 /s/ ParenteBeard LLC

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2012

36

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders

of Metro Bancorp, Inc.

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Metro Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011. Metro Bancorp, Inc.'s management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Metro Bancorp, Inc. and its subsidiaries as of December 31, 2011 and 2010, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the years in the three-year period ended December 31, 2011, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), Metro Bancorp, Inc.'s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2011, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 14, 2012 expressed an unqualified opinion.

 /s/ ParenteBeard LLC

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2012

37

Metro Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

	December 31,
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)	2011		2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$	46,998	$	32,858
Federal funds sold	8,075		—
Cash and cash equivalents	55,073		32,858
Securities, available for sale at fair value	613,459		438,012
Securities, held to maturity at cost (fair value 2011: $199,857;  2010: $224,202)	196,635		227,576
Loans, held for sale	9,359		18,605
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses (allowance 2011: $21,620;  2010: $21,618)	1,415,048		1,357,587
Restricted investments in bank stock	16,802		20,614
Premises and equipment, net	82,114		88,162
Other assets	32,729		51,058
Total assets	$	2,421,219	$	2,234,472
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing	$	397,251	$	340,956
Interest-bearing	1,674,323		1,491,223
Total deposits	2,071,574		1,832,179
Short-term borrowing	65,000		140,475
Long-term debt	49,200		29,400
Other liabilities	15,425		27,067
Total liabilities	2,201,199		2,029,121
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock - Series A noncumulative; $10.00 par value;
(1,000,000 shares authorized; 40,000 shares issued and outstanding)	400		400
Common stock - $1.00 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized;
(issued and outstanding shares 2011: 14,125,346;  2010: 13,748,384)	14,125		13,748
Surplus	156,184		151,545
Retained earnings	45,497		45,288
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	3,814		(5,630		)
Total stockholders' equity	220,020		205,351
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	2,421,219	$	2,234,472

See accompanying notes.

38

Metro Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Operations

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	2011			2010			2009
Interest Income
Loans receivable, including fees:
Taxable	$	71,307		$	70,423		$	74,113
Tax-exempt	4,020			4,521			4,345
Securities:
Taxable	22,362			22,275			19,858
Tax-exempt	1			14			65
Federal funds sold	5			14			2
Total interest income	97,695			97,247			98,383
Interest Expense
Deposits	11,443			13,467			17,287
Short-term borrowings	439			317			1,038
Long-term debt	2,814			3,613			4,452
Total interest expense	14,696			17,397			22,777
Net interest income	82,999			79,850			75,606
Provision for loan losses	20,592			21,000			12,425
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	62,407			58,850			63,181
Noninterest Income
Service charges, fees and other operating income	27,773			26,681			24,681
Gains on sales of loans	2,728			2,434			546
Total fees and other income	30,501			29,115			25,227
Other-than-temporary impairment losses	(324		)	(4,904		)	(17,011		)
Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)	—			3,942			14,670
Net impairment loss on investment securities	(324		)	(962		)	(2,341		)
Net gains on sales/call of securities	350			2,801			1,571
Debt prepayment charge	(75		)	(1,574		)	—
Total noninterest income	30,452			29,380			24,457
Noninterest Expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	40,318			41,494			43,426
Occupancy	9,155			8,429			8,166
Furniture and equipment	5,465			5,134			4,766
Advertising and marketing	2,016			2,967			2,751
Data processing	14,211			13,121			9,155
Telephone, postage and supplies	4,356			4,412			6,412
Regulatory assessments and related fees	3,638			4,598			3,992
Loan expense	1,098			1,658			1,581
Foreclosed real estate	2,275			1,380			578
Branding/core system conversion (net)	1,891			—			917
Merger/acquisition	—			17			765
Consulting fees	1,496			4,508			762
Other	8,095			9,385			8,439
Total noninterest expenses	94,014			97,103			91,710
Loss before taxes	(1,155		)	(8,873		)	(4,072		)
Benefit for federal income taxes	(1,444		)	(4,536		)	(2,174		)
Net income (loss)	$	289		$	(4,337	)	$	(1,898	)
Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
Basic	$	0.02		$	(0.33	)	$	(0.24	)
Diluted	0.02			(0.33		)	(0.24		)
Average Common and Common Equivalent Shares Outstanding
Basic	13,919			13,563			8,241
Diluted	13,919			13,563			8,241

See accompanying notes.

39

Metro Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity

(in thousands, except share amounts)	Preferred Stock		Common Stock		Surplus		Retained Earnings			Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)			Total
January 1, 2009	$	400	$	6,446	$	73,221	$	51,683		$	(17,280	)	$	114,470
Comprehensive income:
Net loss	—		—		—		(1,898		)	—			(1,898		)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	—		—		—		—			6,409			6,409
Total comprehensive income													4,511
Dividends declared on preferred stock	—		—		—		(80		)	—			(80		)
Common stock of 48,007 shares issued under stock option plans, including tax benefit of $76	—		48		661		—			—			709
Common stock of 400 shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	—		—		7		—			—			7
Proceeds from issuance of 78,619 shares of common stock in connection with dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan	—		79		1,095		—			—			1,174
Common stock share-based awards	—		—		1,439		—			—			1,439
Proceeds from issuance of 6,875,000 shares of common stock in connection with stock offering	—		6,875		70,917		—			—			77,792
December 31, 2009	400		13,448		147,340		49,705			(10,871		)	200,022
Comprehensive income:
Net loss	—		—		—		(4,337		)	—			(4,337		)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	—		—		—		—			5,241			5,241
Total comprehensive income													904
Dividends declared on preferred stock	—		—		—		(80		)	—			(80		)
Common stock of 11,378 shares issued under stock option plans, including tax benefit of $25	—		12		91		—			—			103
Common stock of 210 shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	—		—		2		—			—			2
Proceeds from issuance of 288,349 shares of common stock in connection with dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan	—		288		2,868		—			—			3,156
Common stock share-based awards	—		—		1,244		—			—			1,244
December 31, 2010	400		13,748		151,545		45,288			(5,630		)	205,351
Comprehensive income:
Net income	—		—		—		289			—			289
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	—		—		—		—			9,444			9,444
Total comprehensive income													9,733
Dividends declared on preferred stock	—		—		—		(80		)	—			(80		)
Common stock of 100 shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	—		—		1		—			—			1
Proceeds from issuance of 376,862 shares of common stock in connection with dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan	—		377		3,425		—			—			3,802
Common stock share-based awards	—		—		1,213		—			—			1,213
December 31, 2011	$	400	$	14,125	$	156,184	$	45,497		$	3,814		$	220,020

See accompanying notes.

40

Metro Bancorp, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	289		$	(4,337	)	$	(1,898	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses	20,592			21,000			12,425
Provision for depreciation and amortization	6,476			6,142			5,517
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense	(1,511		)	(4,772		)	1,667
Amortization of securities premiums and accretion of discounts (net)	2,506			122			416
Gains on sales/calls of securities (net)	(350		)	(2,801		)	(1,571		)
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities	324			962			2,341
Proceeds from sales and transfers of SBA loans originated for sale	12,063			30,573			—
Proceeds from sales of other loans originated for sale	52,492			65,892			152,668
Loans originated for sale	(52,581		)	(98,994		)	(123,686		)
Gains on sales of loans originated for sale	(2,728		)	(2,434		)	(546		)
Loss on write-down on foreclosed real estate	2,060			860			272
(Gains) losses on sales of foreclosed real estate (net)	(116		)	(51		)	18
Loss on disposal of furniture and equipment	1,254			89			839
Stock-based compensation	1,250			1,244			1,439
Amortization of deferred loan origination fees and costs (net)	2,069			1,928			2,092
Debt prepayment charge	75			1,574			—
Decrease (increase) in other assets	15,437			(6,856		)	(8,221		)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(11,679		)	(1,392		)	14,982
Net cash provided by operating activities	47,922			8,749			58,754
Investing Activities
Securities available for sale:
Proceeds from principal repayments, calls and maturities	79,695			153,786			98,557
Proceeds from sales	125,299			292,899			46,125
Purchases	(368,537		)	(485,985		)	(183,303		)
Securities held to maturity:
Proceeds from principal repayments, calls and maturities	87,074			64,481			56,485
Proceeds from sales	852			3,327			3,404
Purchases	(57,059		)	(177,535		)	(25,000		)
Proceeds from sales of loans receivable	—			—			5,782
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate	2,930			3,513			2,108
(Increase) decrease in loans receivable (net)	(85,458		)	45,505			(45,376		)
Redemption of restricted investments in bank stock (net)	3,812			1,016			—
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment	2			25			19
Purchases of premises and equipment	(1,684		)	(638		)	(13,095		)
Net cash used by investing activities	(213,074		)	(99,606		)	(54,294		)
Financing Activities
Increase in demand, interest checking, money market, and savings deposits (net)	281,381			17,505			139,620
(Decrease) increase in time deposits (net)	(41,986		)	(59		)	41,128
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings (net)	(75,475		)	89,400			(249,050		)
Repayment of long-term borrowings	(5,275		)	(26,574		)	(25,000		)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings	25,000			—			—
Proceeds from common stock options exercised	—			78			633
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and common stock purchase plan	3,802			3,156			1,174
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with stock offering	—			—			77,792
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options	—			25			76
Cash dividends on preferred stock	(80		)	(80		)	(80		)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	187,367			83,451			(13,707		)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	22,215			(7,406		)	(9,247		)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	32,858			40,264			49,511
Cash and cash equivalents at year-end	$	55,073		$	32,858		$	40,264
Supplementary cash flow information:
Transfer of loans to foreclosed assets	$	5,336		$	3,372		$	9,348

See accompanying notes.

41

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

NOTE 1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

Metro Bancorp, Inc. (Metro or the Company) is a Pennsylvania business corporation, which is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company was incorporated on April 23, 1999 and became an active bank holding company on July 1, 1999 through the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of Commerce Bank/Harrisburg, N.A. The Company is a one-bank holding company head-quartered in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and provides full banking services through its subsidiary Metro Bank (the Bank). The Company is subject to regulation of the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). Metro Bank is the Company's operating entity and is headquartered in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. The Bank became a state-chartered bank on November 7, 2008, following approval by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking of the Bank's application to convert from a national bank charter to a state bank charter. As a Pennsylvania state-chartered bank, Metro Bank is supervised jointly by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Bank is a financial services retailer with 33 stores in the counties of Berks, Cumberland, Dauphin, Lancaster, Lebanon and York, Pennsylvania.

Pursuant to a Transition Agreement with TD Bank, N.A. (TD) and Commerce Bancorp LLC (formerly Commerce Bancorp, Inc.), which terminated the Network Agreement and Master Services Agreement with Commerce Bank N.A. (now known as TD Bank, N.A.), the Company had a non-exclusive royalty-free license to continue using the name “Commerce Bank” and, subject to certain limitations, the red “C” logo, within its primary service area.  Effective June 15, 2009, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to change its name from Pennsylvania Commerce Bancorp, Inc. to Metro Bancorp, Inc. and on July 21, 2009 the Bank changed its name from Commerce Bank/Harrisburg to Metro Bank. The Company entered into a master agreement with Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (Fiserv), to provide many of the administrative and data processing services that were provided by TD. The conversion to Fiserv's system was completed in 2009.

The consolidated financial statements presented include the accounts of Metro Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Metro Bank. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Events occurring subsequent to the date of the balance sheet have been evaluated for potential recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

Estimates

The financial statements are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).  GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and require disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for fair presentation have been included and are of a normal, recurring nature. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses (ALL), impaired loans, the valuation of foreclosed assets, the valuation of securities available for sale, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the determination of other-than-temporary impairment on the Company's investment securities portfolio and fair value measurements.

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

Most of the Company's activities are with customers located within the South Central Pennsylvania Region. Note 3 discusses the types of securities that the Company invests in. Notes 4 and 6 discuss the types of lending that the Company engages in as well as loan concentrations. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one customer, or group of customers with similar economic characteristics.

Securities

Securities classified as held to maturity are those debt securities that the Company has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity regardless of changes in market conditions, liquidity needs, or general economic conditions. These securities are carried at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed by the interest method over the estimated average life of the securities.

Securities classified as available for sale are those debt securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of the Company's assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations and other similar factors. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses are reported in other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold, are included in earnings. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the estimated average life of the securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of

42

purchase.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (OTTI)

Prior to April 1, 2009, unrealized losses that were determined to be temporary were recorded, net of tax, in other comprehensive income for available-for-sale (AFS) securities, whereas unrealized losses related to held to maturity (HTM) securities determined to be temporary were not recognized. Declines in the fair value of HTM and AFS securities below their cost that were deemed to be other-than-temporary were reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating OTTI losses, management considered (1) adverse changes in the general market condition of the industry in which the investment is related, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the seniority of the tranche owned by the Company in relation to the entire bond issue, (4) current prepayment behavior, (5) current credit agency ratings, (6) the credit support available in the bond structure to absorb losses and (7) each of the following with respect to the underlying collateral: (a) delinquency percentages and trends, (b) weighted-average loan-to-value ratios, (c) weighted-average Financing Corporation (FICO) scores and (d) the level of foreclosure and other real estate owned (OREO) activity. Also considered was the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

During the second quarter of 2009 the Company adopted fair value measurement guidance that clarifies the interaction of the factors that should be considered when determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired. For debt securities, management must assess whether we have the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. Previously, this assessment required management to assert we had both the intent and the ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value to avoid recognizing an OTTI. This change does not affect the need to forecast recovery of the value of the security through either cash flows or market price.

In instances when a determination is made that an OTTI exists but we do not intend to sell the debt security and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the debt security prior to its anticipated recovery, the OTTI is separated into (a) the amount of the total OTTI related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings and the amount of the OTTI related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are comprised of student loans and selected residential mortgage loans the Company originates with the intention of selling in the future. Prior to September 30, 2011, loans held for sale also included Small Business Administration (SBA) loans the Company originated with the intention of selling. Occasionally, loans held for sale also include selected business and industry loans that the Company decides to sell. Held for sale loans are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, calculated in the aggregate. At the present time, the majority of the Company's residential loans are originated with the intent to sell to the secondary market unless a loan is nonconforming to the secondary market standards or if we agree not to sell the loan due to a customer's request. The residential mortgage loans that are designated as held for sale are sold to other financial institutions in correspondent relationships. The sale of these loans takes place typically within 30 days of funding. The Bank does not retain the servicing on its residential mortgage loans or its student loans.

In previous years, as well as for the first half of 2011, the Company was originating SBA loans with the intent to sell the guaranteed portion of the loans. The Company received proceeds of $12.1 million on sales of SBA loans in 2011 and recognized a gain of $1.9 million on those sales. During the second quarter of 2011, as a result of a much lower level of SBA loan originations in 2011 compared to 2010, the Company's management made the decision to hold SBA loans in the Company's loan receivable portfolio unless or until the Company's management determines a sale of certain loans is appropriate. At the time such a decision would be made, the SBA loans will be moved from the loans receivable portfolio to the loans held for sale portfolio.

Total loans held for sale were $9.4 million and $18.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  At December 31, 2011, loans held for sale were comprised of $5.2 million of student loans and $4.2 million of residential mortgages as compared to $6.0 million of student loans, $5.2 million of SBA loans and $7.4 million of residential mortgages at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010 there was a deferred gain of $930,000 which was recognized in the first quarter of 2011 at the expiration of the 90-day warranty period. 

Loans Receivable

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an ALL and any deferred fees and costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest income) of the related loans. The Company is generally amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan or to the loan's call date.

43

A loan is considered past due or delinquent if payment is not received on or before the due date. The accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectibility of principal or interest, even though the loan may be currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against the ALL. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management's judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  If a loan is substandard and accruing, interest is recognized as accrued. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALL is established through provisions for loan losses charged against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the ALL and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. Loans are evaluated for impairment once the loan has been internally risk rated substandard or below.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For such loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, net collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. These qualitative factors represent a portion of the allowance established for losses inherent in the loan portfolio, which have not been identified by the quantitative processes. This determination inherently involves a higher degree of subjectivity and considers risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in historical loss experience. These factors include:

• Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards;

• Changes in levels and trends of collection, charge-off and recovery practices; changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

• Material changes in the mix, volume or duration of the portfolio;

• Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

• Changes in the quality of our loan review system;

• Changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

• The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

• Changes in international, national, regional and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectibility of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments and the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.

Additionally, the general component factors in uncertainties that could affect management's estimates of probable losses.

The ALL is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management's periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company's past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. During the third quarter of 2010, as part of the quantitative analysis of the adequacy of the ALL, management adjusted its projection of probable loan losses based upon a much shorter and more recent period of actual historical losses. This was done as a result of the higher level of loan charge-offs experienced by the Company over the preceding two years as compared to the previous years. Given the continued state of the economy and its impact on borrowers and on loan collateral values, management feels this is currently a better predictor of probable additional loan losses until such time that the economy, borrower repayment ability and loan collateral values show sustained signs of improvement. The change in this estimate resulted in an additional $3.6 million of provision for loan losses in the third quarter of 2010. The impact of this additional provision for 2010 was an additional after tax loss of $2.4 million, or $0.17 per share.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, borrower's financial condition, market conditions for the borrowers type of industry and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant

44

payment delays generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay and the borrower's prior payment record. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

All nonaccrual loans, including any non-homogeneous portfolio residential mortgages and home equity loansare evaluated individually to determine whether a charge-off is necessary due to a collateral deficiency.

Restricted Investments in Bank Stock

Restricted investments in bank stock consists of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh and the Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (ACBB). Federal law requires a member institution of the FHLB system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula.  At December 31, 2011, the Company held $16.7 million of FHLB stock and $65,000 of ACBB stock.  Of this amount, $4.1 million was required for membership, $4.5 million was required to cover the Company's borrowing level at the FHLB and the remaining $8.1 million was excess that the FHLB has not repurchased at this time due to a repurchase suspension the FHLB put in place in December of 2008. The suspension was partially lifted during the fourth quarter of 2010 and three times during 2011. Approximately $3.8 million of the stock was redeemed in 2011. The stock is carried at cost.

Management evaluates the restricted stock for impairment in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) guidance on Accounting by Certain Entities (including Entities with Trade Receivables that Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others). Management determines whether this investment is impaired based on an assessment of the ultimate recoverability of the cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of the cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the FHLB. Management believes no impairment charge is necessary related to the FHLB restricted stock as of December 31, 2011.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Depreciation and amortization are determined on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes.

Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosures are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the assets at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the asset. Revenue and expenses from operations, changes in the valuation allowance and gains/losses on sales of foreclosed real estate are included in foreclosed real estate expense. Foreclosed assets are included in other assets and totaled $7.1 million as of December 31, 2011 as compared to $6.8 million as of December 31, 2010.

Net expenses associated with foreclosed assets are detailed below:

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Operating expenses, net of rental income	$	331		$	571		$	288
Loss on write-down on foreclosed real estate	2,060			860			272
Net (gain) loss on sales of real estate	(116		)	(51		)	18
Total	$	2,275		$	1,380		$	578

45

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. The Company analyzes each tax position taken in its tax returns and determines the likelihood that the position will be realized. Only tax positions that are "more likely than not" to be realized can be recognized in the Company's financial statements. For tax positions that do not meet this recognition threshold, the Company will record an unrecognized tax benefit for the difference between the position taken on the tax return and the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Company does not have any material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest or penalties at December 31, 2011 or 2010 or during the years then ended. No unrecognized tax benefits are expected to arise within the next twelve months. The Company's policy is to account for interest as a component of interest expense and penalties, if any, as a component of other expenses.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loans and loan participations, are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Per Share Data

Basic earnings (loss) per share represents income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued as well as any adjustments to income (loss) that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding common stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they become payable by the borrower to the Company.

Cash Flow Information

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold as cash and cash equivalents. Generally, federal funds, a component of cash and cash equivalents are purchased and sold for one-day periods. Cash paid during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for interest expense on deposits, borrowings and debt was $14.9 million, $17.6 million and $23.0 million, respectively. Income taxes paid totaled $700,000, $0 and $1.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions in the income statement based on the grant-date fair value of the stock-based compensation issued. Compensation costs are recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award.

The cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for options (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows.

Advertising Costs

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.

46

Recent Accounting Standards

In April 2011, the FASB issued guidance that clarified whether a loan restructuring constitutes a concession and defines whether or not a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The effective date for this guidance for public companies was for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011 and applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2011, the FASB amended fair value measurement guidance to clarify its previous guidance for items such as: the application of the highest and best use concept to non-financial assets and liabilities; the application of fair value measurement to financial instruments classified in a reporting entity's stockholders' equity; and disclosure requirements regarding quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of level 3 assets. The update also creates an exception to fair value measurement guidance for entities which carry financial instruments within a portfolio or group, under which the entity is now permitted to base the price used for fair valuation upon a price that would be received to sell the net asset position or transfer a net liability position in an orderly transaction. In addition, the update allows for the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement if the financial instrument is categorized in level 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Lastly, the updated standard contains new disclosure requirements regarding fair value amounts categorized as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy such as: disclosure of the valuation process used; effects of and relationships between unobservable inputs; usage of nonfinancial assets for purposes other than their highest and best use when that is the basis of the disclosed fair value; and categorization by level of items disclosed at fair value, but not measured at fair value for financial statement purposes. The effective date of this update for public entities was for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption was not permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB updated the guidance on Comprehensive Income. The update prohibits the presentation of the components of comprehensive income in the statements of stockholders' equity. Reporting entities are allowed to present either: a statement of comprehensive income, which reports both net income and other comprehensive income; or separate statements of net income and other comprehensive income. Under previous GAAP, all three presentations were acceptable. In December of 2011, the FASB amended this guidance to defer the implementation date for the requirement to present all reclassifications between other comprehensive and net income on the face of the new statement or statements. The other provisions of this update are effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 31, 2011 for public entities. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 Segment Reporting

The Bank acts as an independent community financial services provider and offers traditional banking and related financial services to individual consumer, business and government customers. Through its stores, the Company offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services.

Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between the commercial and retail operations of the Company. As such, discrete financial information is not available and segment reporting would not be meaningful.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the 2010 and 2009 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation format. Such reclassifications had no impact on the Company's net operations and stockholders' equity.

NOTE 2.  Restrictions on Cash and Due from Bank Accounts

The Bank is required to maintain average reserves, in the form of cash and balances with the FRB, against its deposit liabilities. The average amount of these reserve balances maintained for 2011 and 2010 was approximately $10.9 million and $15.1 million, respectively.  The Company has no due from balances with institutions in excess of FDIC insurance limitations.

47

NOTE 3. Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of securities are summarized in the following tables:

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	22,500	$	58	$	—		$	22,558
Residential mortgage-backed securities	21,087		325		—			21,412
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	519,167		9,171		(175		)	528,163
Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations	24,974		—		(1,968		)	23,006
Corporate debt securities	19,952		—		(1,632		)	18,320
Total	$	607,680	$	9,554	$	(3,775	)	$	613,459
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	97,750	$	88	$	—		$	97,838
Residential mortgage-backed securities	37,658		2,769		—			40,427
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	45,122		840		(1		)	45,961
Corporate debt securities	15,000		—		(484		)	14,516
Municipal securities	1,105		10		—			1,115
Total	$	196,635	$	3,707	$	(485	)	$	199,857

	December 31, 2010
(in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	22,500	$	—	$	(1,091	)	$	21,409
Residential mortgage-backed securities	2,383		3		—			2,386
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	388,414		2,025		(7,225		)	383,214
Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations	33,246		—		(2,243		)	31,003
Total	$	446,543	$	2,028	$	(10,559	)	$	438,012
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	140,000	$	—	$	(6,408	)	$	133,592
Residential mortgage-backed securities	48,497		2,727		(311		)	50,913
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	29,079		878		(209		)	29,748
Corporate debt securities	10,000		—		(51		)	9,949
Total	$	227,576	$	3,605	$	(6,979	)	$	224,202

48

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2011 are shown in the table that follows. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

	Available for Sale				Held to Maturity
(in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Due after one year through five years	—		—		15,000		14,516
Due after five years through ten years	19,952		18,320		12,750		12,751
Due after ten years	22,500		22,558		86,105		86,202
	42,452		40,878		113,855		113,469
Residential mortgage-backed securities	21,087		21,412		37,658		40,427
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	519,167		528,163		45,122		45,961
Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations	24,974		23,006		—		—
Total	$	607,680	$	613,459	$	196,635	$	199,857

During 2011, the Company sold a total of 13 securities with a combined fair market value of $126.2 million. All of the securities were U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs). The Company realized net pretax gains of $350,000, with related tax expense of $119,000, on the combined sales. Of this total, 12 securities with a combined fair market value of $125.3 million had been classified as available for sale. One agency mortgage-backed security (MBS) with a fair market value of $852,000 had been classified as held to maturity, however, its current par value had paid down to less than 9% of its original par value, below the 15% threshold,  so it could be sold without tainting the remaining HTM portfolio. Also during 2011, the Company had three agency debentures totaling $60.0 million called at par. The bonds had a combined market value of $60.0 million and no gain or loss was realized.   

During 2010, the Company sold a total of 56 securities with a combined fair market value of $296.2 million and realized a net pretax gain of $2.8 million. The securities sold included 23 private-label CMOs with a combined fair market value of $62.6 million; 13 agency CMOs with a fair market value of $138.1 million; 18 residential MBSs with a combined fair market value of $74.5 million and two agency debentures with a combined fair market value of $21.0 million. Of this total, 53 securities with a combined fair market value of $292.9 million had been classified as available for sale. Two agency MBSs with a combined fair market value of $440,000 had been classified as held to maturity, however, their current par value had fallen to less than 15% of their original par value and could be sold without tainting the remaining HTM portfolio. One private-label CMO with a fair market value of $2.9 million had been classified as held to maturity. Previously, the Company had recognized an OTTI charge due to a projected credit loss of $3,000 and this deterioration in creditworthiness was the basis for selling the security without tainting the remaining HTM portfolio. Also during 2010, the Company had ten agency debentures and four municipal bonds called at par. The bonds had a combined market value of $106.6 million.

In 2009, the Company sold a total of 65 MBSs with a combined fair market value of $49.5 million. Of this total, 42 securities had been classified as available for sale with a combined carrying value of $44.7 million. The Company realized proceeds of $46.1 million for net pretax gains of $1.4 million. The securities sold also included 23 MBSs with a combined fair market value of $3.4 million and a carrying value of $3.2 million that had been classified as held to maturity and were sold due to their small remaining size. In every case, the current face had fallen below 15% of the original purchase amount. A pretax gain of $170,000 was recognized on the sale of securities classified as held to maturity. Also during 2009, the Company had a total of $41.5 million of agency debentures called, at par, by their issuing agencies. Of this total, $5.0 million were classified as available for sale and $36.5 million were classified as held to maturity. All of the securities were carried at par.

The Company does not maintain a trading portfolio and there were no transfers of securities between the AFS and HTM portfolios. The Company uses the specific identification method to record security sales.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities with a carrying value of $621.6 million and $437.6 million, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

49

The following table summarizes the Company's gains and losses on the sales or calls of debt securities and losses recognized for the OTTI of investments:

(in thousands)	Gross Realized Gains		Gross Realized (Losses)			OTTI Credit Losses			Net Gains (Losses)
Years Ended:
December 31, 2011	$	983	$	(633	)	$	(324	)	$	26
December 31, 2010	6,690		(3,889		)	(962		)	1,839
December 31, 2009	1,581		(10		)	(2,341		)	(770		)

In determining fair market values for its portfolio holdings, the Company receives information from a third party provider which Management evaluates and corroborates. Under the current guidance, these values are considered Level 2 inputs, based upon mathematically derived matrix pricing and observed data from similar assets.  They are not Level 1 direct quotes, nor do they reflect Level 3 inputs that would be derived from internal analysis or judgment. As the Company does not manage a trading portfolio and typically only sells from its AFS portfolio in order to manage interest rate risk or credit exposure, direct quotes, or street bids, are warranted on an as-needed basis only.

The following tables show the fair value and gross unrealized losses associated with the Company's investment portfolio, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

	December 31, 2011
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
(in thousands)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available for Sale:
Agency CMOs	$	49,793	$	(175	)	$	—	$	—		$	49,793	$	(175	)
Private-label CMOs	6,017		(268		)	16,989		(1,700		)	23,006		(1,968		)
Corporate debt securities	18,320		(1,632		)	—		—			18,320		(1,632		)
Total	$	74,130	$	(2,075	)	$	16,989	$	(1,700	)	$	91,119	$	(3,775	)
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—
Agency CMOs	1,312		(1		)	—		—			1,312		(1		)
Corporate debt securities	14,516		(484		)	—		—			14,516		(484		)
Total	$	15,828	$	(485	)	$	—	$	—		$	15,828	$	(485	)

50

	December 31, 2010
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
(in thousands)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	21,409	$	(1,091	)	$	—	$	—		$	21,409	$	(1,091	)
Agency CMOs	261,330		(7,216		)	9,092		(9		)	270,422		(7,225		)
Private-label CMOs	2,644		(9		)	28,359		(2,234		)	31,003		(2,243		)
Total	$	285,383	$	(8,316	)	$	37,451	$	(2,243	)	$	322,834	$	(10,559	)
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	133,592	$	(6,408	)	$	—	$	—		$	133,592	$	(6,408	)
Residential MBSs	7,287		(311		)	—		—			7,287		(311		)
Agency CMOs	7,957		(209		)	—		—			7,957		(209		)
Corporate debt securities	9,949		(51		)	—		—			9,949		(51		)
Total	$	158,785	$	(6,979	)	$	—	$	—		$	158,785	$	(6,979	)

The Company's investment securities portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Government agency securities, U.S. Government sponsored agency mortgage-backed obligations, private-label CMOs and corporate bonds of the financial sector. The Company considers securities of the U.S. Government sponsored agencies and the U.S. Government MBSs to have little credit risk because their principal and interest payments are backed by an agency of the U.S. Government.

The unrealized losses in the Company's investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 were associated with three distinct types of securities. The first type, those backed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies,  includes seven government agency sponsored CMOs. Management believes that the unrealized losses on these investments were primarily caused by the movement of interest rates and notes the contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. Government. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Company's investment. Secondly, the Company owns five investment-grade corporate bonds that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2011. Due to their structure and credit rating, the Company does not anticipate incurring any credit-related losses on these bonds. Because management believes the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider any of these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

The third type of security in the Company's investment portfolio with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 is private-label CMOs. Private-label CMOs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government nor are their principal and interest payments guaranteed. Historically, most private-label CMOs have carried a AAA bond rating on the underlying issuer, however, the subprime mortgage problems and decline in the residential housing market in the U.S. in recent years have led to ratings downgrades and subsequent OTTI of many CMOs. As of December 31, 2011, Metro owned eight such non-agency CMO securities in its investment portfolio with a total carrying value of $23.0 million. Management performs no less than quarterly assessments of these securities for OTTI to determine what, if any, portion of the impairment may be credit related. As part of this process, management asserts that (a) we do not have the intent to sell the securities and (b) it is more likely than not we will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of the Company's cost basis. This assertion is based, in part, upon the most recent liquidity analysis prepared for the Company's Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) which indicates if the Company has sufficient excess funds to consider the potential purchase of investment securities and sufficient unused borrowing capacity available to meet any potential outflows. Furthermore, the Company knows of no contractual or regulatory obligations that would require these bonds to be sold.  

Next, in order to bifurcate the impairment into its components, the Company uses the Bloomberg analytical service to analyze each individual security. The Company looks at the overall bond ratings as well as specific, underlying characteristics such as pool factor, weighted-average coupon, weighted-average maturity, weighted-average life, loan to value, delinquencies, credit score, prepayment speeds, geographic concentration, etc. Using reported data for prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity rates and lag times, the Company analyzes each bond under a variety of scenarios. As the results may vary depending upon the historic time period analyzed, the Company uses this information for the purpose of managing the investment portfolio and its inherent risk. However, the Company reports it findings based upon the three month data points for Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR) speed, default rate and loss severity as it believes this time point best captures both current and historic trends. For management purposes, the Company also analyzes each bond using an assumed, projected default rate based upon each pool's most recent level of 90-day delinquencies, bankruptcies and foreclosed real estate. This projected analysis also assumes loss severity percentages subjectively assigned to each pool based upon credit ratings.

51

When the analysis shows a bond to have no projected loss, there is considered to be no credit-related loss. When the analysis shows a bond to have a projected loss, a cash flow projection is created, including the projected loss, for the duration of the bond. This projection is then used to calculate the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and compared to the amortized cost basis. The difference between these two figures is recognized as the amount of OTTI due to credit loss. The difference between the total impairment and this credit loss portion is determined to be the amount related to all other factors. The amount of impairment related to credit loss is to be recognized in current earnings while the amount of impairment related to all other factors is to be recognized in other comprehensive income.

Using this method, the Company determined that at December 31, 2011, a total of six private-label CMOs had losses attributable to credit. This was due to a number of factors including the bonds' credit ratings and rising trends for delinquencies, bankruptcies and foreclosures on the underlying collateral. Of the six bonds, one no longer indicated a loss position as of December 31, 2011 while the present value of the cash flows for four of the remaining five bonds was greater than the carrying value and no further write-downs were required. For the sixth bond, the present value of its cash flows was less than its carrying value and therefore a write-down of $9,000 was required as of December 31, 2011. In total, for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $324,000 of losses on four private-label CMOs related to credit issues and did not recapture any of the previous write-downs.

The tables below rolls forward the cumulative life to date credit losses which have been recognized in earnings for the private-label CMOs previously mentioned for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively:

	Private-label CMOs
(in thousands)	Available for Sale		Held to Maturity		Total
Cumulative OTTI credit losses at January 1, 2011	$	2,625	$	—	$	2,625
Additions for which OTTI was not previously recognized	—		—		—
Additional increases for OTTI previously recognized when there is    no intent to sell and no requirement to sell before recovery of    amortized cost basis	324		—		324
Cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized for securities still held    at December 31, 2011	$	2,949	$	—	$	2,949

	Private-label CMOs
(in thousands)	Available for Sale			Held to Maturity			Total
Cumulative OTTI credit losses at January 1, 2010	$	2,338		$	3		$	2,341
Additions for which OTTI was not previously recognized	675			—			675
Additional increases for OTTI previously recognized when there is    no intent to sell and no requirement to sell before recovery of    amortized cost basis	287			—			287
Reduction due to credit impaired security sold	(675		)	(3		)	(678		)
Cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized for securities still held    at December 31, 2010	$	2,625		$	—		$	2,625

	Private-label CMOs
(in thousands)	Available for Sale		Held to Maturity		Total
Cumulative OTTI credit losses at January 1, 2009	$	—	$	—	$	—
Additions for which OTTI was not previously recognized	2,338		3		2,341
Cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized for securities still held    at December 31, 2009	$	2,338	$	3	$	2,341

52

NOTE 4.   Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an ALL and any deferred fees and costs. Certain qualifying loans of the Bank totaling $207.0 million, collateralize a letter of credit, a line of credit commitment and a long-term borrowing the Bank has with the FHLB. 

During the first quarter of 2011, certain types of loans were reclassified due to their purpose and overall risk characteristics. Therefore, certain loan balances as of December 31, 2010 were reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

A summary of the Bank's loans receivable at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Commercial and industrial	$	321,988	$	337,398
Commercial tax-exempt	81,532		85,863
Owner occupied real estate	279,372		241,553
Commercial construction and land development	103,153		112,094
Commercial real estate	364,405		313,194
Residential	83,940		81,124
Consumer	202,278		207,979
	1,436,668		1,379,205
Less: allowance for loan losses	21,620		21,618
Net loans receivable	$	1,415,048	$	1,357,587

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company, including their associates and companies, have loans with the Bank. Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business at the Bank's normal credit terms including interest rates and collateralization, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender and do not represent more than a normal risk of collection. Total loans to these persons and companies amounted to approximately $11.4 million and $12.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, $3.2 million of new advances were made and repayments totaled $3.8 million.

The following table summarizes nonaccrual loans by loan type at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial and industrial	$	10,162	$	23,103
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—
Owner occupied real estate	2,895		4,318
Commercial construction and land development	8,511		14,155
Commercial real estate	7,820		5,424
Residential	2,912		3,609
Consumer	1,829		1,579
Total nonaccrual loans	$	34,129	$	52,188

No additional funds were committed on nonaccrual loans including restructured loans that were nonaccruing. Typically, commitments are canceled and no additional advances are made when a loan is placed on nonaccrual.

Generally, the Bank's policy is to move a loan to nonaccrual status as soon as it becomes 90 days past due or when the Company does not believe it will collect all of its principal and interest payments. In addition, when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to

53

management's judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  If a loan is substandard and accruing, interest is recognized as accrued. Once a loan is on nonaccrual status, it is not returned to accrual status unless the loan has been current for at least six consecutive months and the borrower and/or any guarantors demonstrate evidence of the ability to repay the loan. Under certain circumstances such as bankruptcy, if a loan is under collateralized, or if the borrower and/or guarantors do not show evidence of the ability to pay, the loan may be placed on nonaccrual status even though it is not past due by 90 days or more. Therefore, the total nonaccrual loan balance of $34.1 million exceeds the balance of total loans that are 90 days past due of $22.1 million at December 31, 2011 as presented in the aging analysis in the tables below.

During 2011, the Company adopted the FASB guidance on the determination of whether a loan restructuring is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring (TDR).  A TDR is a loan whose contractual terms have been modified resulting in the Bank granting a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulties in order for the Bank to have a greater chance of collecting the indebtedness from the borrower.  Concessions could include, but are not limited to: interest rate reductions, maturity extensions or principal forgiveness. An additional benefit to the Bank in granting a concession is to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral at a time when real estate values are the lowest in recent history. TDRs are discussed in further detail later in this footnote.

The following table is an age analysis of past due loan receivables as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

			Past Due Loans										Recorded Investment in Loans 90 Days and Greater and Still Accruing
(in thousands)	Current		30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Past Due and Greater		Total Past Due		Total Loan Receivables
December 31, 2011
Commercial and industrial	$	317,190	$	696	$	1,083	$	3,019	$	4,798	$	321,988	$	—
Commercial tax-exempt	81,532		—		—		—		—		81,532		—
Owner occupied real estate	274,720		2,423		328		1,901		4,652		279,372		—
Commercial construction and land development	95,240		470		219		7,224		7,913		103,153		—
Commercial real estate	354,818		2,191		1,272		6,124		9,587		364,405		—
Residential	75,841		4,587		607		2,905		8,099		83,940		621
Consumer	199,671		1,314		350		943		2,607		202,278		71
Total	$	1,399,012	$	11,681	$	3,859	$	22,116	$	37,656	$	1,436,668	$	692

			Past Due Loans										Recorded Investment in Loans 90 Days and Greater and Still Accruing
(in thousands)	Current		30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Past Due and Greater		Total Past Due		Total Loan Receivables
December 31, 2010
Commercial and industrial	$	316,750	$	1,213	$	521	$	18,914	$	20,648	$	337,398	$	23
Commercial tax-exempt	85,863		—		—		—		—		85,863		—
Owner occupied real estate	235,738		1,314		258		4,243		5,815		241,553		—
Commercial construction and land development	97,939		—		—		14,155		14,155		112,094		—
Commercial real estate	306,032		1,214		77		5,871		7,162		313,194		624
Residential	73,670		3,724		1,606		2,124		7,454		81,124		—
Consumer	203,235		2,547		903		1,294		4,744		207,979		3
Total	$	1,319,227	$	10,012	$	3,365	$	46,601	$	59,978	$	1,379,205	$	650

54

A summary of the ALL by loan class and by impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is detailed in the tables that follow. As mentioned previously, during the first quarter of 2011, certain types of loans were reclassified due to their purpose and overall risk characteristics. This impacted the allocation of the ALL as reported at December 31, 2010; therefore, the allocation as of that date has been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

(in thousands)	Comm. and industrial		Comm. tax-exempt		Owner occupied real estate		Comm. construc-tion and land devel-opment		Comm. real estate		Resi-dential		Con-sumer		Unallo-cated		Total
December 31, 2011
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,000	$	—	$	30	$	2,600	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,630
Collectively evaluated for impairment	7,400		79		699		5,240		3,241		435		831		65		17,990
Total ALL	$	8,400	$	79	$	729	$	7,840	$	3,241	$	435	$	831	$	65	$	21,620
Loans receivable:
Loans evaluated   individually	$	15,504	$	—	$	7,492	$	23,216	$	12,117	$	3,346	$	1,829	$	—	$	63,504
Loans evaluated   collectively	306,484		81,532		271,880		79,937		352,288		80,594		200,449		—		1,373,164
Total loans receivable	$	321,988	$	81,532	$	279,372	$	103,153	$	364,405	$	83,940	$	202,278	$	—	$	1,436,668

(in thousands)	Comm. and industrial		Comm. tax-exempt		Owner occupied real estate		Comm. construc-tion and land devel-opment		Comm. real estate		Resi-dential		Con-sumer		Unallo-cated		Total
December 31, 2010
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	2,055	$	—	$	260	$	1,310	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,625
Collectively evaluated for impairment	7,624		86		650		4,110		4,002		442		702		377		17,993
Total ALL	$	9,679	$	86	$	910	$	5,420	$	4,002	$	442	$	702	$	377	$	21,618
Loans receivable:
Loans evaluated   individually	$	30,597	$	—	$	9,237	$	20,749	$	6,045	$	3,609	$	1,579	$	—	$	71,816
Loans evaluated   collectively	306,801		85,863		232,316		91,345		307,149		77,515		206,400		—		1,307,389
Total loans receivable	$	337,398	$	85,863	$	241,553	$	112,094	$	313,194	$	81,124	$	207,979	$	—	$	1,379,205

The Bank may create a specific allowance for all of or a part of a particular loan in lieu of a charge-off or charge-down as a result of management's evaluation of impaired loans. These circumstances are often credits in transition or in which a legal matter is pending. In these instances, the Bank has determined that a loss is not imminent based upon available information surrounding the credit at the time of the analysis; however, management believes an allowance is appropriate to acknowledge the risk of loss.

Generally, construction and land development and commercial real estate loans present a greater risk of non-payment by a borrower than other types of loans. The market value of real estate, particularly real estate held for investment, can fluctuate significantly in a relatively short period of time. Commercial and industrial, tax exempt and owner occupied real estate loans generally carry a lower risk factor because the repayment of these loans relies primarily on the cash flow from a business, which is more stable and predictable. However, the significance and duration of the economic downturn caused the Bank to experience an elevated level of charge-offs in the commercial

55

and industrial loan category in 2011.

Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower's continued financial stability and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. Consumer and residential loans also are impacted by the market value of real estate. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on these loans. The risk of non-payment is affected by changes in economic conditions, the credit risks of a particular borrower, the duration of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral and other factors.

The Company experienced an elevated level of loan charge-offs over the most recent three year period compared to previous years. As a result, management, beginning in the third quarter of 2010, bases its quantitative analysis of probable future loan losses (when determining the ALL) on those loans collectively reviewed for impairment on a two year period of actual historical losses. Previously, management had performed this analysis using a five year period of historical losses. Given the continued state of the economy and its impact on borrowers financial condition and on loan collateral values, management feels a two year period is an appropriate historical time frame, valid until such time that the economy, borrower repayment ability and loan collateral values show sustained signs of improvement.  Management may increase or decrease the historical loss period at some point in the future based on the state of the economy and other circumstances.

The qualitative factors such as: changes in levels and trends of charge-offs and delinquencies; material changes in the mix, volume or duration of the loan portfolio; changes in lending policies and procedures including underwriting standards; changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit; changes in the overall values of collateral; changes in the quality of the loan review program and changes in national and local economic trends and conditions among other things, are factors which have not been identified by the quantitative processes. The determination of qualitative factors inherently involves a higher degree of subjectivity and considers risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in historical loss experience.

The following tables summarize the transactions in the ALL for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011:

(in thousands)	Comm. and industrial			Comm. tax-exempt			Owner occupied real estate			Comm. construction and land development			Comm. real estate			Resi-dential			Consumer			Unallo-cated			Total
2011
Balance at January 1	$	9,679		$	86		$	910		$	5,420		$	4,002		$	442		$	702		$	377		$	21,618
Provision charged to operating expenses	6,510			(7		)	13			13,038			76			113			1,161			(312		)	20,592
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off	156			—			60			11			15			68			135			—			445
Loans charged-off	(7,945		)	—			(254		)	(10,629		)	(852		)	(188		)	(1,167		)	—			(21,035		)
Balance at December 31	$	8,400		$	79		$	729		$	7,840		$	3,241		$	435		$	831		$	65		$	21,620

The following table summarizes the transactions in the ALL for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The table is presented in summary as the FASB guidance issued in July 2010 related to an entity's allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables required the activity by portfolio segment be disclosed only for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2010			2009
Balance at beginning of year	$	14,391		$	16,719
Provision charged to expense	21,000			12,425
Recoveries	522			308
Loans charged off	(14,295		)	(15,061		)
Balance at end of year	$	21,618		$	14,391

56

The following table presents additional information regarding the Company's impaired loans as of December 31, 2011:

(in thousands)	Recorded Invest-ment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Loans with no related allowance:
Commercial and industrial	$	14,504	$	19,672	$	—	$	12,901	$	141
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	7,000		8,845		—		5,333		191
Commercial construction and land      development	11,203		19,756		—		11,803		231
Commercial real estate	12,117		12,390		—		9,500		192
Residential	3,346		3,729		—		3,557		6
Consumer	1,829		2,168		—		1,945		—
Total impaired loans with no related   allowance	49,999		66,560		—		45,039		761
Loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	1,000		1,000		1,000		7,974		—
Owner occupied real estate	492		659		30		453		—
Commercial construction and land      development	12,013		12,013		2,600		4,637		—
Total impaired loans with an   allowance recorded	13,505		13,672		3,630		13,064		—
Total impaired loans:
Commercial and industrial	15,504		20,672		1,000		20,875		141
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	7,492		9,504		30		5,786		191
Commercial construction and land      development	23,216		31,769		2,600		16,440		231
Commercial real estate	12,117		12,390		—		9,500		192
Residential	3,346		3,729		—		3,557		6
Consumer	1,829		2,168		—		1,945		—
Total impaired loans as of   December 31, 2011	$	63,504	$	80,232	$	3,630	$	58,103	$	761

57

The following table presents additional information regarding the Company's impaired loans as of December 31, 2010:

(in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance
Loans with no related allowance:
Commercial and industrial	$	21,630	$	24,817	$	—
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	8,483		8,758		—
Commercial construction and land development	16,401		17,173		—
Commercial real estate	6,045		6,853		—
Residential	3,609		3,609		—
Consumer	1,579		1,579		—
Total impaired loans with no related allowance	57,747		62,789		—
Loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	8,967		9,022		2,055
Owner occupied real estate	754		768		260
Commercial construction and land development	4,348		8,108		1,310
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded	14,069		17,898		3,625
Total impaired loans:
Commercial and industrial	30,597		33,839		2,055
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	9,237		9,526		260
Commercial construction and land development	20,749		25,281		1,310
Commercial real estate	6,045		6,853		—
Residential	3,609		3,609		—
Consumer	1,579		1,579		—
Total impaired loans as of December 31, 2010	$	71,816	$	80,687	$	3,625

Impaired loans averaged approximately $58.1 million, $74.6 million and $52.6 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. All nonaccrual loans are considered impaired and interest income is handled as discussed earlier in the nonaccrual section of this footnote. Interest income continued to accrue on impaired loans that were still accruing and totaled $761,000, $1.3 million and $1.6 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Bank assigns loan risk ratings as credit quality indicators of its loan portfolio: pass, special mention, substandard accrual and substandard nonaccrual. Monthly, we track commercial loans that are no longer pass rated. We review the cash flow, operating results and financial condition of the borrower and any guarantors, as well as the collateral position against established policy guidelines as a means of providing a targeted list of loans and loan relationships that require additional attention within the loan portfolio. We categorize loans possessing increased risk as either special mention, substandard accrual or substandard nonaccrual. Special mention loans are those loans that are currently adequately protected, but potentially weak. The potential weaknesses may, if not corrected, weaken the loan's credit quality or inadvertently jeopardize our credit position in the future.  Substandard accrual and substandard nonaccrual assets are characterized by well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt and by the possibility that Metro will sustain some loss if the weaknesses are not corrected. Substandard accrual loans would move from accrual to nonaccrual when the Bank does not believe it will collect all of its principal and interest payments. Some identifiers to determine the collectability are as follows: when the loan is 90 days past due in principal or interest, there are triggering events in the borrower's or any guarantor's financial statements that show continuing deterioration, the borrower's or any guarantor's source of repayment is depleting, or if bankruptcy or other legal matters are present, regardless if the loan is 90 days past due or not. Pass rated loans are reviewed throughout the year through the recurring review process of an independent loan review function and through the application of other credit metrics.

Credit quality indicators for commercial loans broken out by loan type are presented in the following tables for the periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. As previously mentioned, certain December 31, 2010 balances have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

58

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Pass Rated Loans		Special Mention		Substandard Accrual		Substandard Nonaccrual		Total
Commercial credit exposure:
Commercial and industrial	$	280,884	$	9,176	$	21,766	$	10,162	$	321,988
Commercial tax-exempt	77,657		3,875		—		—		81,532
Owner occupied real estate	263,001		2,887		10,589		2,895		279,372
Commercial construction and land development	76,374		3,071		15,197		8,511		103,153
Commercial real estate	349,786		794		6,005		7,820		364,405
Total	$	1,047,702	$	19,803	$	53,557	$	29,388	$	1,150,450

	December 31, 2010
(in thousands)	Pass Rated Loans		Special Mention		Substandard Accrual		Substandard Nonaccrual		Total
Commercial credit exposure:
Commercial and industrial	$	301,075	$	5,726	$	7,494	$	23,103	$	337,398
Commercial tax-exempt	85,863		—		—		—		85,863
Owner occupied real estate	228,224		4,093		4,918		4,318		241,553
Commercial construction and land development	84,155		7,190		6,594		14,155		112,094
Commercial real estate	296,537		10,611		622		5,424		313,194
Total	$	995,854	$	27,620	$	19,628	$	47,000	$	1,090,102

Consumer credit exposures are rated as performing or nonperforming as detailed below at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Consumer credit exposure:
Residential	$	81,028	$	2,912	$	83,940
Consumer	200,449		1,829		202,278
Total	$	281,477	$	4,741	$	286,218

	December 31, 2010
(in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Consumer credit exposure:
Residential	$	77,515	$	3,609	$	81,124
Consumer	206,400		1,579		207,979
Total	$	283,915	$	5,188	$	289,103

59

The following table presents new TDRs, with the recorded investment at the time of restructure, being the same pre-modification and post-modification, as well as the number of loans modified during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011 and the period end balance and number of loans modified at December 31, 2011:

	New TDRs for the Twelve Months Ended
	December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment at Time of Restructure		Balance of TDRs at December 31, 2011
Commercial and industrial	10	$	13,490	$	7,984
Commercial tax-exempt	—	—		—
Owner occupied real estate	1	87		84
Commercial construction and land       development	16	10,932		9,952
Commercial real estate	5	4,368		4,273
Residential	3	628		617
Consumer	—	—		—
Total	35	$	29,505	$	22,910

The loans included above are considered TDRs as a result of the Bank implementing one or more of the following concessions: granting a material extension of time, entering into a forbearance agreement, adjusting the interest rate, accepting interest only for a period of time or a change in amortization period. The following table presents the number of contracts and balance at time of TDR by concession type for the year ended December 31, 2011:

(dollars in thousands)	Granting a Material Extension of Time		Forbearance Agreement		Adjusting the Interest Rate		Accepting Interest Only for a Period of Time		Change in Amortization Period		Adjusting the Interest Rate & Change in Amortization Period
Commercial and industrial:
Number of Contracts	2		4		—		—		4		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	629	$	12,456	$	—	$	—	$	405	$	—
Owner occupied real estate:
Number of Contracts	—		1		—		—		—		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	—	$	87	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commercial construction and       land development:
Number of Contracts	16		—		—		—		—		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	10,932	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commercial real estate:
Number of Contracts	—		1		1		—		3		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	—	$	93	$	1,194	$	—	$	3,081	$	—
Residential:
Number of Contracts	—		—		1		—		1		1
Balance at time of TDR	$	—	$	—	$	195	$	—	$	355	$	78

As of December 31, 2011, TDRs totaled $22.9 million, of which $10.1 million were classified as nonaccruing loans. The remaining $12.8 million of TDRs were accruing. Also, as of December 31, 2011, all TDRs were considered impaired loans and therefore were individually evaluated for impairment in the calculation of the ALL. Prior to their classification as TDRs, certain of these loans had been collectively evaluated for impairment in the calculation of the ALL. 

Six commercial construction and land development relationships identified as accruing TDRs had additional unused commitments totaling

60

$778,000 and one commercial relationship had an additional unused commitment available of $329,000.

The following table represents loans receivable modified as a TDR, that subsequently payment defaulted within 12 months of the restructure date and where the payment defaults occurred during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011. The Bank's policy is to consider a loan past due or delinquent if payment is not received on or before the due date.

Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Payment Defaulted:
	December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment
Commercial and industrial	4	$	5,531
Commercial tax-exempt	—	—
Owner occupied real estate	—	—
Commercial construction and land development	11	9,162
Commercial real estate	2	747
Residential	3	617
Consumer	—	—
Total	20	$	16,057

Of the 20 contracts that subsequently payment defaulted during 2011, 18 contracts totaling $10.9 million were still in payment default at December 31, 2011.

NOTE 5. Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

Loan commitments are made to accommodate the financial needs of Metro's customers. Standby letters of credit commit the Company to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. They primarily are issued to facilitate the customers' normal course of business transactions. Standby performance letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Historically, almost all of the Company's standby letters of credit expire unfunded.

Letters of credit have risk essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to the Company's normal credit policies. Since the majority of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future funding requirements. The Company requires collateral supporting these letters of credit as deemed necessary. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. The amount of the liability as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued was $0.

The Company's maximum exposure to credit loss for loan commitments (unfunded loans and unused lines of credit, including home equity lines of credit) and standby letters of credit outstanding were as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Unfunded commitments of existing commercial loans	$	269,180	$	267,804
Unfunded commitments of existing consumer/residential loans	86,273		73,731
Standby letters of credit	36,455		32,272
Commitments to grant loans	11,658		4,624
Total	$	403,566	$	378,431

NOTE 6.   Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company's loan portfolio is principally to borrowers throughout Cumberland, Dauphin, York, Lebanon, Lancaster and Berks counties of Pennsylvania where it has full-service stores. Commercial real estate loans and loan commitments for commercial real estate projects aggregated $491.3 million at December 31, 2011. Owner occupied real estate loans and loan commitments for commercial properties

61

aggregated $284.9 million at December 31, 2011.

Commercial real estate loans are collateralized by the related project (principally multi-family residential, office building, lodging, land development and other properties) and typically require owner guarantees.  Maximum terms and maximum advance rates are established according to our underwriting guidelines based on our assessment of the overall risk of the project being financed.

NOTE 7.   Premises, Equipment and Leases

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $6.5 million, $6.1 million and $5.5 million, respectively, and is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as listed in the table below. The estimated life for leasehold improvements is based on the shorter of the useful life or the lease term.

	Years
Buildings and leasehold improvements	4 - 40
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	1 - 10
Computer equipment and software	3 - 8

A summary of premises and equipment is as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Land	$	15,386	$	15,386
Buildings	66,913		67,114
Construction in process	1,535		1,453
Leasehold improvements	2,583		2,541
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	32,073		35,095
	118,490		121,589
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	36,376		33,427
Total	$	82,114	$	88,162

Land, buildings and equipment are leased under noncancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2032. Total rental expense for operating leases in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011 future minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases are payable as follows:

(in thousands)
2012	$	2,599
2013	2,545
2014	2,399
2015	2,352
2016	2,255
Thereafter	19,983
Total minimum lease payments	$	32,133

62

NOTE 8. Deposits

The composition of the Bank's deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	397,251	$	340,956
Interest checking and money market	1,038,760		927,575
Savings	406,896		292,995
Time certificates $100,000 or more	105,751		133,383
Other time certificates	122,916		137,270
Total	$	2,071,574	$	1,832,179

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

(in thousands)
2012	$	157,007
2013	35,224
2014	22,953
2015	9,297
2016	4,186
Thereafter	—
Total	$	228,667

NOTE 9.   Short-term Borrowings 

Short-term borrowings consist of several lines of credit. The Bank has a line of credit commitment from the FHLB for borrowings up to $515.5 million and certain qualifying assets of the Bank collateralize the line. There was $65.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 and $140.5 million outstanding at December 31, 2010 on this line of credit. At December 31, 2011 $116.9 million of loans collateralized the outstanding balance. In addition, the Bank has a $15.0 million federal funds line of credit with one correspondent bank and a $20.0 million federal funds line of credit with another correspondent bank as of December 31, 2011 of which $0 was outstanding on both lines. The average balance of short-term borrowings was $128.0 million in 2011. The weighted-average interest rate on total short-term borrowings was 0.15% at December 31, 2011 and 0.60% at December 31, 2010.

NOTE 10. Long-term Debt

As part of the Company's Asset/Liability management strategy, management utilized a FHLB fixed borrowing product during the second quarter of 2011 when it obtained $25.0 million in borrowings with a two year maturity due March 18, 2013 and interest rate of 1.01%. There was $25.0 million outstanding on this borrowing at December 31, 2011 which was collateralized by $45.0 million of loans of the Bank.

During the fourth quarter of 2010 the Company paid off a $25.0 million FHLB convertible select borrowing product which had a five year maturity and a six month conversion term at an initial interest rate of 4.29% and incurred a $1.6 million prepayment charge.  

On June 15, 2000, the Company issued $5.0 million of 11% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities to Commerce Bancorp LLC through Trust I, a Delaware business trust subsidiary. The Trust Capital Securities evidenced a preferred ownership interest in the Trust, of which the Company owned 100% of the common equity. The proceeds from the issuance of the Trust Capital Securities were invested in substantially similar Junior Subordinated Debt of the Company. The Company unconditionally guaranteed the Trust Capital Securities. Interest on the debt was payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. The Trust Capital Securities was scheduled to mature on June 15, 2030. The Company had the option to redeem in whole or in part beginning on or after June 15, 2010 at a premium to the principal amount plus accrued interest, with the redemption price set to decline annually until June 2020, at which time the securities could be redeemed at 100% of the principal. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company repurchased and retired the $5.0 million of Trust Capital Securities and incurred a $75,000 early repayment charge in doing so.

63

On September 28, 2001, the Company issued $8.0 million of 10% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities to Commerce Bancorp LLC through Trust II, a Delaware business trust subsidiary. The Trust Capital Securities evidence a preferred ownership interest in the Trust II of which the Company owns 100% of the common equity. The proceeds from the issuance of the Trust Capital Securities were invested in substantially similar Junior Subordinated Debt of the Company. The Company unconditionally guarantees the Trust Capital Securities. Interest on the debt is payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. . The Trust Capital Securities are scheduled to mature on September 28, 2031. The Trust Capital Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Company on or after September 28, 2011 at 105.00% of the principal plus accrued interest, if any. The redemption price declines by 0.50% on September 28th of each year from 2012 through 2021 at which time the securities may be redeemed at 100% of the principal plus accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, subject to certain conditions. All $8.0 million of the Trust Capital Securities qualifies as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

On September 29, 2006, the Company issued $15.0 million of 7.75% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities to TD Bank, N.A. through Trust III, a Delaware business trust subsidiary. The issuance of the Trust Capital Securities has similar properties as Trust II. The Trust Capital Securities evidence a preferred ownership interest in Trust III of which the Company owns 100% of the common equity. The proceeds from the issuance of the Trust Capital Securities were invested in substantially similar Junior Subordinated Debt of the Company. The Company unconditionally guarantees the Trust Capital Securities. Interest on the debt is payable quarterly with similar terms as in Trust II. The Trust Capital Securities are scheduled to mature on September 29, 2036. The Trust Capital Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Company on or after September 29, 2011 at 100.00% of the principal plus accrued interest, if any. All $15.0 million of the Trust Capital Securities qualifies as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

The remaining $1.2 million in long-term debt represents the Company's ownership interest in the non-bank subsidiary Trusts.

The scheduled maturities for long-term debt over the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

(in thousands)
2012-2016	$	25,000
Thereafter	24,200
Total	$	49,200

NOTE 11.   Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes and the amount that would have been provided at statutory rates is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Benefit at statutory rate on pretax loss	$	(392	)	$	(3,017	)	$	(1,425	)
Tax-exempt income on loans and investments	(1,314		)	(1,446		)	(1,263		)
Exercise of nonqualified stock options	—			(25		)	(76		)
Stock-based compensation	222			209			296
Merger related expenses	—			(358		)	161
Other	40			101			133
Total	$	(1,444	)	$	(4,536	)	$	(2,174	)

The statutory tax rate used to calculate the provision (benefit) in 2011 and in 2010 was 34% and in 2009 a 35% statutory tax rate was used due to the projected pretax consolidated earnings of the Company.

64

The components of income tax benefit are as follows: 

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Current expense (benefit)	$	67		$	236		$	(3,841	)
Deferred expense (benefit)	(1,511		)	(4,772		)	1,667
Total	$	(1,444	)	$	(4,536	)	$	(2,174	)

The components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses	$	7,351		$	7,350
Unrealized losses on securities	—			2,901
Other-than-temporary losses	1,003			892
Stock-based compensation	923			757
Nonaccrual interest	2,002			1,492
Gain on sale of SBA loans	—			316
Foreclosed real estate write-downs	703			144
Income from LLC subsidiary	254			111
Other	486			270
Total deferred tax assets	12,722			14,233
Deferred tax liabilities:
Premises and equipment	(4,486		)	(4,514		)
Unrealized gains on securities	(1,965		)	—
Prepaid expenses	(395		)	(571		)
Deferred loan fees	(968		)	(885		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(7,814		)	(5,970		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	4,908		$	8,263

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $4.9 million. An analysis was conducted to determine if a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets was required. The Company used current forecasts of future expected income, possible tax planning strategies, current and future economic and business conditions (such as the possibility of a decrease in real estate value for properties the Bank holds as collateral on loans), the probability that taxable income will continue to be generated in future periods and the cumulative losses in previous years to make the assessment. Management concluded that a valuation allowance was not necessary, largely based on available tax planning strategies and our projections of future taxable income.  Additional evidence considered in the analysis included recent expenses such as rebranding and consulting costs that are not expected to have a repeat impact on the Company's profitability as well as the availability of AFS securities (currently at an unrealized gain position) that could be sold to generate taxable income.

Tax expense of $119,000, $952,000 and $550,000 was recognized on net securities gains during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For 2011, the Company will receive a tax benefit on its federal income tax return totaling $0 and for 2010 and 2009, the Company received a tax benefit totaling $25,000 and $76,000, respectively, related to the exercise of non-qualified stock options and disqualified dispositions of employee stock from options exercised. The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various states. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal, state and local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

NOTE 12. Stockholders' Equity

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, TD Banknorth, Inc., owned 40,000 shares of the Company's Series A $10 par value noncumulative

65

nonvoting preferred stock.  The preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the Company at the price of $25 per share plus any unpaid dividends. Dividends on the preferred stock are payable quarterly at a rate of $2 per share per annum.

The Company has a dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Holders of common stock may participate in the plan in which reinvested dividends and voluntary cash payments of not less than $100 per month and not more than $10,000 per month, beginning January 1, 2012, may be reinvested in additional common shares. Officers are eligible immediately and employees who have been continuously employed for at least one year are also eligible to participate in the plan. The minimum investment is $25 per month for employees and $50 for officers with a maximum of $10,000 per month starting January 1, 2012. Previously, the maximum monthly purchase amount was $25,000. During 2011, 500,000 additional shares were registered to the plan. A total of 376,962, 288,559 and 79,019 common shares were issued pursuant to this plan in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the Company had reserved approximately 522,000 common shares to be issued in connection with the plan.

On August 6, 2009, Metro Bancorp filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) which will allow the Company, from time to time, to offer and sell up to a total aggregate of $250.0 million of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, or warrants, either separately or together in any combination. The shelf registration statement also registered trust preferred securities. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) excludes from regulatory capital trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010. Consequently, Metro Bancorp has no plans to issue additional trust preferred securities. While Metro has always been well-capitalized under federal regulatory guidelines, the shelf registration better positions the Company to take advantage of potential opportunities for growth and to address current economic conditions.

NOTE 13.  Earnings (Loss) per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011						2010							2009
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Income			Weighted-average Shares	Per Share Amount		Loss			Weighted-average Shares	Per Share Amount			Loss			Weighted-average Shares	Per Share Amount
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Net income (loss)	$	289					$	(4,337	)					$	(1,898	)
Preferred stock dividends	(80		)				(80		)					(80		)
Income (loss) available to common stockholders	209			13,919	$	0.02	(4,417		)	13,563	$	(0.33	)	(1,978		)	8,241	$	(0.24	)
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options				—						—							—
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions	$	209		13,919	$	0.02	$	(4,417	)	13,563	$	(0.33	)	$	(1,978	)	8,241	$	(0.24	)

There were 1,076,067 common stock options excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 which were exercisable between the prices of $8.46 and $33.50 per option. There were 1,069,774 options excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 which were exercisable between the prices of $11.55 and $33.50 per option. There were 1,030,267 options excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2009 which were exercisable between the prices of $6.93 and $33.50 per option. They were excluded because of their anti-dilutive impact.

NOTE 14.   Stock Option Plans

In 2005, the board of directors adopted and the Company's stockholders approved the adoption of the 2006 Employee Stock Option Plan for the officers and employees of the Company. The Plan commenced January 1, 2006 and replaced the 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan, which expired December 31, 2005. The Plan covers 1,000,000 authorized shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted or available for grant to employees and will expire on December 31, 2015. The Plan provides that the option price of qualified incentive stock options will be fixed by the Board of Directors, but will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. In addition, the Plan provides that the option price of nonqualified stock options (NQSO's) also will be

66

fixed by the board of directors, however for NQSO's the option price may be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options granted are exercisable one year after the grant date, will vest over a four-year period and expire ten years after the grant date.

In 2000, the board of directors adopted and the Company's stockholders approved the adoption of the 2001 Directors' Stock Option Plan. The Plan commenced January 1, 2001 and replaced the 1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan, which expired December 31, 2000. The Plan covered 343,100 authorized shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted or available for grant to non-employee directors and expired on December 31, 2010. In 2010, the Company's shareholders approved the adoption of the 2011 Directors' Stock Option Plan. The Plan commenced January 1, 2011 and replaced the 2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan which expired December 31, 2010. The Plan covers 200,000 authorized shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted or available for grant to directors,  directors emeritus, advisory directors, consultants and others with outstanding abilities to help the Company and will expire on December 31, 2020. Under the Company's Directors' Stock Option Plan, non-employee directors of the Company, consultants and others who are not regularly employed on a salaried basis by the Company may be entitled to an option to acquire shares, as determined by the board of directors, of the Company's common stock during each year in which the Director serves on the Board. The Plan provides that the option price will be fixed by the board of directors, but will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of the grant.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $2.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards. The expense will be incurred over the next 4 year period with a weighted-average period of 2.5 years. Cash received from the exercise of options for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0, $78,000 and $633,000, respectively.

The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the stock price volatility. Because the Company's stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company's stock options. The Company used the Black-Scholes model and the following weighted-average assumptions for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively: risk-free interest rates of 3.0%, 3.3% and 2.5%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .46, .45 and .32; assumed forfeiture rates of 1.67%, 1.72% and 2.12%; weighted-average expected lives of the options of 7.5 years for the three years presented and no cash dividends. Based upon these assumptions, the weighted-average fair value of options granted was $6.42, $6.47 and $6.18 per option share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company recorded compensation expense of approximately $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.2 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The tax benefit associated with compensation expense was $203,000, $214,000 and $208,000 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock option transactions under the Plans were as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011				2010				2009
	Options		Weighted Avg. Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Avg. Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Avg. Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year	1,069,774		$	21.74	1,030,267		$	22.92	943,915		$	24.42
Granted	242,300		12.01		192,900		12.31		211,270		15.69
Exercised	—		—		(13,508	)	7.92		(49,702	)	13.40
Forfeited/expired	(236,007	)	15.76		(139,885	)	18.75		(75,216	)	27.66
Outstanding at end of year	1,076,067		$	20.86	1,069,774		$	21.74	1,030,267		$	22.92
Exercisable at December 31	670,258		$	25.08	663,259		$	24.63	619,490		$	23.62
Options available for grant at December 31	549,003				511,525				624,085
Weighted-average fair value of options   granted during the year			$	6.42			$	6.47			$	6.18

Options exercisable and outstanding at December 31, 2011 had an intrinsic value of $0. The intrinsic value of options exercised was $77,000 in 2010 and $282,000 in 2009. There were no options exercised in 2011.

67

The Company allows for option exercises to be paid for in cash or in whole or in part with Metro stock owned by the optionee. The value of the stock used to exercise the options is the fair market value on the date of exercise.  Stock option exercises paid for with the Company's stock were 2,130 shares and 1,695 shares for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 are presented in the following table:

	Options Outstanding	Weighted Avg. Exercise  Price		Weighted Avg. Remaining Contractual Life	Options Exercisable	Weighted Avg. Exercise Price
Options with exercise prices ranging from     $8.46 to $16.41	478,235	$	13.26	8.3 Years	103,249	$	14.82
Options with exercise prices ranging from     $16.42 to $25.38	193,615	21.36		1.6 Years	192,715	21.37
Options with exercise prices ranging from     $25.39 to $33.50	404,217	29.62		4.8 Years	374,294	29.83
Total options outstanding with exercise     prices ranging from $8.46 to $33.50	1,076,067	$	20.86	5.8 Years	670,258	$	25.08

The remaining weighted-average contractual life for options exercisable at December 31, 2011 is 4.2 years.

The following table represents non-vested options as of December 31, 2011:

		Number of Shares		Weighted Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested options,	December 31, 2010	406,515		$	7.64
Granted		242,300		6.42
Vested		(140,210	)	8.42
Forfeited		(102,796	)	6.83
Non-vested options,	December 31, 2011	405,809		$	6.84

NOTE 15.   Regulatory Matters

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary, the Bank. There are various legal and regulatory limitations on the extent to which the Bank can, among other things, finance, or otherwise supply funds to, the Company. Specifically, dividends from the Bank are the principal source of the Company's cash funds and there are certain legal restrictions under Pennsylvania law and Pennsylvania banking regulations on the payment of dividends by state-chartered banks. The relevant regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit the Company and the Bank from engaging in what, in the opinion of such regulatory body, constitutes an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The payment of dividends could, depending upon the financial condition of the Company and the Bank, be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2011, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2011 the Bank was categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To

68

be categorized as well-capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

The following table presents the risk-based and leverage capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for the Company and the Bank:

	Actual					For Capital  Adequacy Purposes						To Be Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio			Amount			Ratio			Amount			Ratio
Company as of December 31, 2011
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	260,405	15.36	%	≥	$	135,637	≥	8.0	%	≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Tier 1 capital	239,206		14.11		≥	67,818		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Leverage ratio	239,206		9.99		≥	95,797		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Bank as of December 31, 2011
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	238,919	14.12	%	≥	$	135,358	≥	8.0	%	≥	$	169,197	≥	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital	217,764		12.87		≥	67,679		≥	4.0		≥	101,518		≥	6.0
Leverage ratio	217,764		9.10		≥	95,747		≥	4.0		≥	119,684		≥	5.0
Company as of December 31, 2010
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	259,479	15.83	%	≥	$	131,092	≥	8.0	%	≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Tier 1 capital	238,981		14.58		≥	65,546		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Leverage ratio	238,981		10.68		≥	89,494		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Bank as of December 31, 2010
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	229,682	14.06	%	≥	$	130,647	≥	8.0	%	≥	$	163,308	≥	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital	209,254		12.81		≥	65,323		≥	4.0		≥	97,985		≥	6.0
Leverage ratio	209,254		9.38		≥	89,269		≥	4.0		≥	111,586		≥	5.0

On April 29, 2010, the Bank consented and agreed to the issuance of a Consent Order (Order) by the FDIC, the Bank's federal banking regulator and a substantially similar consent order by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The Order required the Bank to take all necessary steps, consistent with the Order and sound banking practices, to correct and prevent certain unsafe or unsound banking practices and violations of law or regulation alleged by the FDIC to have been committed by the Bank. Among other things, the Order required certain analyses and assessments, including an analysis and assessment of the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) staffing needs and qualifications and an analysis and assessment of the independence and performance of the Company's directors and senior executive officers. It also required the development, adoption and implementation of a system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with BSA and OFAC provisions; training programs to ensure that all appropriate personnel are aware of and can comply with applicable requirements of BSA and OFAC provisions; periodic reviews by internal and external auditors of compliance with BSA and OFAC provisions; and a review by an independent third party of the Bank's compliance with the Order. The Bank continues with its efforts to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the Order. Most of the related expenses are captured under consulting fees and make up the majority of this line item on the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

NOTE 16. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has established a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan for all of its employees who meet eligibility requirements. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their salary to the Plan. Beginning January 1, 2011, the Company currently provides a Safe Harbor matching contribution of 100% of the amount of the employee contribution up to 3% of the employee's salary and 50% of the amount of the employee contribution that exceeds 3% of the employee's salary for up to 5% of the employee's salary. In 2010 and 2009, the Company's

69

matching contribution was discretionary, not a Safe Harbor matching contribution and was set at 50% of the employee's salary deferral up to a maximum of 6% of the employee's salary. The amount charged to expense for employer matching contributions was $703,000, $490,000 and $494,000 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

NOTE 17.   Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income are components of comprehensive income. The only comprehensive income item, other than net income, that the Company presently has is net unrealized gains on securities available for sale and unrealized losses for noncredit-related losses on debt securities. The federal income tax impact allocated to the net unrealized gains (losses) is presented in the table below. The 2010 and 2009 presentations have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation including grossing up the components of OTTI with no impact on the net impairment loss on investment securities included in net income.  These items had no impact on net income, stockholders' equity and total assets for 2010 and 2009.

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the year	$	14,329		$	6,057		$	(5,749	)
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains on securities recorded in income	(343		)	(2,767		)	(1,401		)
Reclassification for OTTI credit losses recorded in income	324			962			2,341
Noncredit related OTTI losses on securities not expected to be sold	—			3,942			14,670
Subtotal	14,310			8,194			9,861
Income tax impact	(4,866		)	(2,953		)	(3,452		)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	$	9,444		$	5,241		$	6,409

NOTE 18.   Commitments and Contingencies

In January 2005, the Company entered into an agreement for naming rights to Metro Bank Park located on Harrisburg City Island, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Metro Bank Park is home of the Harrisburg Senators, an AA team affiliated with Major League Baseball. The term of the naming rights agreement is 15 years with a total obligation of $3.5 million spread over the term.

The Company has purchased the land at the corner of Carlisle Road and Alta Vista Road in Dover Township, York County, Pennsylvania. The Company plans to construct a full-service store on this property to be opened in the future.

The Company has entered into a land lease for the premises located at 2121 Lincoln Highway East, East Lampeter Township, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. The Company plans to construct a full-service store on this property to be opened in the future.

The Company has purchased land at 105 N. George Street, York City, York County, Pennsylvania. The Company plans to open a store on this property to be opened in the future.

On November 10, 2008, Metro announced it had entered into a services agreement with Fiserv. The agreement, effective November 7, 2008, is for a period of seven years, subject to automatic renewal for additional terms of two years unless either party gives the other written notice of non-renewal at least 180 days prior to the expiration date of the term. The initial investment with Fiserv was $3.4 million with a remaining expected obligation for support, license fees and processing services of $29.5 million over the next four years. The various services include: core system hosting, item processing, deposit and loan processing, electronic banking, data warehousing and other banking functions.

In addition, the Company is also subject to certain routine legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. It is management's opinion that the ultimate resolution of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

NOTE 19.   Related Party Transactions

The Company has engaged in certain transactions with entities which are considered related parties. Payments for goods and services, including legal services, to these related parties totaled $841,000, $699,000 and $835,000, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

70

Management believes disbursements made to related parties were substantially equivalent to those that would have been paid to unaffiliated companies for similar goods and services.

TD Banknorth, Inc. (a 4.26% shareholder of common stock and 100% shareholder of Series A preferred stock of the Company), through an affiliate TD Bank, N.A., historically provided various services to the Company. These services included maintenance to the store LAN network, proof and encoding services, deposit account statement rendering, automated teller machine (ATM)/VISA card processing, data processing, implementation of new software for systems and call center support. On and effective as of December 30, 2008, the Company and the Bank entered into a Transition Agreement with TD and Commerce Bancorp LLC (formerly Commerce Bancorp, Inc.).  The Transition Agreement terminated the Network Agreement dated January 1, 1997, as thereafter amended in April 2002 and September 29, 2004 (the Network Agreement) and the Master Services Agreement dated July 21, 2006 and its addenda (the Master Services Agreement) by and between the Company, the Bank and TD (and/or their predecessors). With timely advance notice by TD under the Network and Master Services agreements, the agreements would have otherwise terminated on December 31, 2009.  The agreements were terminated prior to such date in connection with the March 2008 merger of Commerce Bancorp, Inc. into a subsidiary of TD Bank N.A.

Pursuant to the Transition Agreement, TD provided to the Bank certain transaction services, representing a continuation of the services provided to the Bank under the terms of the Master Services Agreement until the third quarter of  2009, at which time all such services were transitioned to other service providers. Because all services provided by TD under the Transition Agreement were terminated according to terms in the agreement, TD paid to the Bank a fee in the amount of $6.0 million, which was used to help defray the costs of transition and the rebranding of the Company and the Bank.

The Company did not receive nor pay for services from TD in 2011 and 2010; however, paid approximately $2.2 million for services provided during 2009.  A non-recourse loan in which the Company had participated was foreclosed in 2009 and resulted in the Company's ownership of a 15% interest in commercial property in which TD now owns a 70% interest.  The gross balance due on the loan was $45.9 million at the time of foreclosure.

NOTE 20. Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique due to assumptions that are susceptible to significant change.  Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sale transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective year-ends and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates.  As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each year-end.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company uses the following fair value hierarchy in selecting inputs with the highest priority given to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements): 

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity).

As required, financial and certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, by level within the fair value hierarchy:

71

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2011
U.S. Government agency securities	$	22,558	$	—	$	22,558	$	—
Residential MBSs	21,412		—		21,412		—
Agency CMOs	528,163		—		528,163		—
Private-label CMOs	23,006		—		23,006		—
Corporate debt securities	18,320		—		18,320		—
Securities available for sale	$	613,459	$	—	$	613,459	$	—

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2010
U.S. Government agency securities	$	21,409	$	—	$	21,409	$	—
Residential MBSs	2,386		—		2,386		—
Agency CMOs	383,214		—		383,214		—
Private-label CMOs	31,003		—		31,003		—
Securities available for sale	$	438,012	$	—	$	438,012	$	—

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company did not have any liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Impaired Loans (Generally Carried at Fair Value)

Impaired loans are those that the Company has measured impairment based on the fair value of the loan's collateral.  Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The fair value consists of the loan balances less any valuation allowance. The valuation allowance amount is calculated as the difference between the recorded investment in a loan and the present value of expected future cash flows or it is calculated based on discounted collateral values if the loans are collateral dependent. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of impaired loans with allowance allocations totaled $9.9 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.6 million and impaired loans that were partially charged off during 2011 totaled $1.2 million, net of charge-offs of $10.1 million. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of impaired loans with allowance allocations totaled $10.4 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.6 million and impaired loans that were partially charged off during 2010 totaled $9.6 million, net of charge-offs of $5.7 million.. The Company's impaired loans are more fully discussed in Note 4.

Foreclosed Assets (Carried at Lower of Cost or Fair Value)

The fair value of real estate acquired through foreclosure was based on independent third party appraisals of the properties. The carrying value of foreclosed assets, with valuation allowances recorded subsequent to initial foreclosure, was $3.0 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, which are net of valuation allowances of $1.8 million and $410,000 that were established in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

72

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used were as follows:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2011
Impaired loans with specific allocation	$	9,875	$	—	$	—	$	9,875
Impaired loans net of partial charge-offs	1,151		—		—		1,151
Foreclosed assets	3,041		—		—		3,041
Total	$	14,067	$	—	$	—	$	14,067

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2010
Impaired loans with specific allocation	$	10,444	$	—	$	—	$	10,444
Impaired loans net of partial charge-offs	9,629		—		—		9,629
Foreclosed assets	4,774		—		—		4,774
Total	$	24,847	$	—	$	—	$	24,847

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company's assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company's disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. The following valuation techniques were used to estimate the fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Cash and Cash Equivalents (Carried at Cost)

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, balances due from banks and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities of 90 days or less. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term instruments approximate those assets' fair values.

Securities

The fair value of securities available for sale (carried at fair value) and held to maturity (carried at amortized cost) are determined by matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark prices. In determining fair market values for its portfolio holdings, the Company receives information from a third party provider which management evaluates and corroborates. Under the current guidance, these values are considered Level 2 inputs, based upon mathematically derived matrix pricing and observed data from similar assets.  They are not Level 1 direct quotes, nor do they reflect Level 3 inputs that would be derived from internal analysis or judgment. As the Company does not manage a trading portfolio and typically only sells from its AFS portfolio in order to manage interest rate risk or credit exposure, direct quotes, or street bids, are warranted on an as-needed basis only.

Loans Held for Sale (Carried at Lower of Cost or Fair Value)

The fair value of loans held for sale is determined, when possible, using quoted secondary-market prices.  If no such quoted prices exist, the fair value of a loan is determined using quoted prices for a similar loan or loans, adjusted for the specific attributes of that loan. The Company did not write down any loans held for sale during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

73

Loans Receivable (Carried at Cost)

The fair value of loans, excluding impaired loans with specific loan allowances, are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, using market rates at the balance sheet date that reflect the credit and interest rate-risk inherent in the loans.  Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity, projected repayments and prepayments of principal.  Generally, for variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stock approximates fair value and considers the limited marketability of such securities.  The restricted investments in bank stock consisted of FHLB and ACBB stock at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

Deposit Liabilities (Carried at Cost)

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts).  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposits (CDs) are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Short-Term Borrowings (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

Long-Term Debt (Carried at Cost)

The fair value of FHLB convertible select borrowing advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new FHLB advances with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity. The price obtained from this active market represents a fair value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.  Other long-term debt was estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices from a third party broker for new debt with similar characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.  The price for the other long-term debt was obtained in an inactive market where these types of instruments are not traded regularly. 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments (Disclosed at Cost)

Fair values for the Company's off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account, the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing.

74

The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments were as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011				2010
(in thousands)	Carrying Amount		Fair  Value		Carrying Amount		Fair  Value
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	55,073	$	55,073	$	32,858	$	32,858
Securities	810,094		813,316		665,588		662,214
Loans, net (including loans held for sale)	1,424,407		1,445,797		1,376,192		1,358,509
Restricted investments in bank stock	16,802		16,802		20,614		20,614
Accrued interest receivable	7,378		7,378		7,347		7,347
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	2,071,574	$	2,074,139	$	1,832,179	$	1,835,782
Long-term debt	49,200		39,773		29,400		18,431
Short-term borrowings	65,000		65,000		140,475		140,475
Accrued interest payable	487		487		669		669
Off-balance sheet instruments:
Standby letters of credit	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commitments to extend credit	—		—		—		—

75

NOTE 21.   Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following represents summarized unaudited quarterly financial data of the Company which, in the opinion of management, reflects adjustments (comprising only normal recurring accruals) necessary for fair presentation, note that certain balances may not cross foot due to rounding:

	Three Months Ended
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	December 31		September 30			June 30			March 31
2011
Interest income	$	24,726	$	24,415		$	24,659		$	23,895
Interest expense	3,336		3,640			3,842			3,878
Net interest income	21,390		20,775			20,817			20,017
Provision for loan losses	3,350		13,750			1,700			1,792
Net gains on sales of securities	—		7			309			34
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes	888		(3,334		)	660			342
Net income (loss)	2,483		(5,718		)	1,992			1,532
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.18	$	(0.41	)	$	0.14		$	0.11
Diluted	0.18		(0.41		)	0.14			0.11
2010
Interest income	$	24,508	$	24,248		$	24,396		$	24,095
Interest expense	4,062		4,261			4,412			4,662
Net interest income	20,446		19,987			19,984			19,433
Provision for loan losses	2,600		13,400			2,600			2,400
Net gains on sales of securities	1,765		117			298			621
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes	376		(3,772		)	(238		)	(902		)
Net income (loss)	1,457		(6,160		)	360			6
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.10	$	(0.46	)	$	0.02		$	—
Diluted	0.10		(0.46		)	0.02			—

76

NOTE 22.   Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

Balance Sheets

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Assets
Cash	$	19,641	$	26,237
Investment in subsidiaries:
Banking subsidiary	221,578		203,623
Non-banking subsidiaries	1,200		1,400
Other assets	2,321		4,119
Total assets	$	244,740	$	235,379
Liabilities
Long-term debt	$	24,200	$	29,400
Other liabilities	520		628
Total liabilities	24,720		30,028
Stockholders' Equity
Preferred stock - Series A noncumulative; $10.00 par value;
(1,000,000 shares authorized; 40,000 shares issued and outstanding)	400		400
Common stock - $1.00 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized;
(issued and outstanding shares 2011: 14,125,346;  2010: 13,748,384)	14,125		13,748
Surplus	156,184		151,545
Retained earnings	45,497		45,288
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	3,814		(5,630		)
Total stockholders' equity	220,020		205,351
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	244,740	$	235,379

Statements of Operations

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiary	$	—		$	—		$	2,818
Interest income	122			124			124
Debt prepayment charge	(75		)	—			—
	47			124			2,942
Expenses
Interest expense	2,611			2,645			2,645
Other	2,293			1,149			1,668
	4,904			3,794			4,313
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries	(4,857		)	(3,670		)	(1,371		)
Income tax benefit	1,651			1,248			1,466
	(3,206		)	(2,422		)	95
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of bank subsidiary	3,495			(1,915		)	(1,993		)
Net income (loss)	$	289		$	(4,337	)	$	(1,898	)

77

Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	289		$	(4,337	)	$	(1,898	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Amortization of financing costs	8			8			8
Stock-based compensation	1,250			1,244			1,439
Debt prepayment charge	75			—			—
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(108		)	(4,742		)	4,325
Decrease (increase) in other assets	1,990			610			(4,350		)
Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of bank subsidiary	(3,495		)	1,915			1,993
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	9			(5,302		)	1,517
Investing Activities
Investment in bank subsidiary	(5,052		)	(4,478		)	(48,970		)
Net cash used by investing activities	(5,052		)	(4,478		)	(48,970		)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from common stock options exercised	—			78			633
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under stock purchase plan	3,802			3,156			1,174
Repayment of long-term debt	(5,275		)	—			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with stock offering	—			—			77,792
Cash dividends on preferred stock	(80		)	(80		)	(80		)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(1,553		)	3,154			79,519
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(6,596		)	(6,626		)	32,066
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year	26,237			32,863			797
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	19,641		$	26,237		$	32,863

78

EX-21

Exhibit 21

Subsidiaries of Metro Bancorp, Inc.

Name of Business	Doing Business As	State of Incorporation
Metro Bank	Metro Bank	Pennsylvania
Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust II	Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust II	Delaware
Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust III	Commerce Harrisburg Capital Trust III	Delaware

EX-23

Exhibit 23

Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Metro Bancorp, Inc.

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

We hereby consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements on Form S‑3 (No. 333-87329, No. 333-161114, No. 333-169683 and No. 333-178291) and Form S-3D (333-178371) and Form S-8 (No. 333-82083, No. 333-82085, No. 333-87313, No. 333-61634, No. 333-61636, No. 333-122490, No. 333-128382, No. 333-155931, No. 333-155930, No. 333-169684, and No. 333-169712) of Metro Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) of our reports dated March 14, 2012 relating to the Company's consolidated financial statements and the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, which appear in the Annual Report to Shareholders, which is incorporated by reference in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ ParenteBeard LLC

Harrisburg, Pennsylvania

March 14, 2012

EX-31.1

Exhibit 31.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

I, Gary L. Nalbandian, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Metro Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f)) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012

/s/ Gary L. Nalbandian

Gary L. Nalbandian

President and Chief Executive Officer

EX-31.2

Exhibit 31.2

Certification of Chief Financial Officer

I, Mark A. Zody, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Metro Bancorp, Inc.;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a)Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b)Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c)Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d)Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

5. The registrant's other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a)All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b)Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date: March 14, 2012

/s/ Mark A. Zody

Mark A. Zody

Chief Financial Officer

EX-32

Exhibit 32

Certification of Metro Bancorp, Inc. pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

Pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, each of the undersigned officers of Metro Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) does hereby certify with respect to the Annual Report of the Company on Form 10-K for the period ended December 31, 2011 (the “Report”), that:

• The Report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended and

• The information contained in the Report fairly represents, in all material respects, the Company's financial condition and results of operations.

/s/ Gary L. Nalbandian             

Gary L. Nalbandian,

Chief Executive Officer

/s/ Mark A. Zody                     

Mark A. Zody,

Chief Financial Officer

Dated:   March 14, 2012

The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to Section 1350 of Chapter 63 of Title 18 of the United States Code, adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.

EX-99

Exhibit 99

AGREEMENT TO FURNISH DEBT INSTRUMENTS

Pursuant to Instruction 3(b)(4)(iii) to Item 601 of Regulation S-K, the Company has not included as an Exhibit any instrument with respect to long-term debt if the total amount of debt authorized by such instrument does not exceed 10% of the consolidated assets of the Company and its subsidiaries. The Company agrees, pursuant to this Instruction, to furnish a copy of any such instrument to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request of the Commission.

Metro Bancorp, Inc.

/s/ Mark A. Zody

Mark A. Zody,

Chief Financial Officer

Dated: March 14, 2012

XML

Commitments and Contingencies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Commitments and Contingencies Disclosure [Abstract]

Commitments and Contingencies

Commitments and Contingencies

In January 2005, the Company entered into an agreement for naming rights to Metro Bank Park located on Harrisburg City Island, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. Metro Bank Park is home of the Harrisburg Senators, an AA team affiliated with Major League Baseball. The term of the naming rights agreement is 15 years with a total obligation of $3.5 million spread over the term.

The Company has purchased the land at the corner of Carlisle Road and Alta Vista Road in Dover Township, York County, Pennsylvania. The Company plans to construct a full-service store on this property to be opened in the future.

The Company has entered into a land lease for the premises located at 2121 Lincoln Highway East, East Lampeter Township, Lancaster County, Pennsylvania. The Company plans to construct a full-service store on this property to be opened in the future.

The Company has purchased land at 105 N. George Street, York City, York County, Pennsylvania. The Company plans to open a store on this property to be opened in the future.

On November 10, 2008, Metro announced it had entered into a services agreement with Fiserv. The agreement, effective November 7, 2008, is for a period of seven years, subject to automatic renewal for additional terms of two years unless either party gives the other written notice of non-renewal at least 180 days prior to the expiration date of the term. The initial investment with Fiserv was $3.4 million with a remaining expected obligation for support, license fees and processing services of $29.5 million over the next four years. The various services include: core system hosting, item processing, deposit and loan processing, electronic banking, data warehousing and other banking functions.

In addition, the Company is also subject to certain routine legal proceedings and claims arising in the ordinary course of business. It is management's opinion that the ultimate resolution of these claims will not have a material adverse effect on the Company's financial position and results of operations.

XML

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Bank Accounts

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Equity [Abstract]

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Bank Accounts

Restrictions on Cash and Due from Bank Accounts

The Bank is required to maintain average reserves, in the form of cash and balances with the FRB, against its deposit liabilities. The average amount of these reserve balances maintained for 2011 and 2010 was approximately $10.9 million and $15.1 million, respectively.  The Company has no due from balances with institutions in excess of FDIC insurance limitations.

XML

Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Condensed Financial Information of Parent Company Only Disclosure [Abstract]

Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

Condensed Financial Statements of Parent Company

Balance Sheets

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Assets
Cash	$	19,641	$	26,237
Investment in subsidiaries:
Banking subsidiary	221,578		203,623
Non-banking subsidiaries	1,200		1,400
Other assets	2,321		4,119
Total assets	$	244,740	$	235,379
Liabilities
Long-term debt	$	24,200	$	29,400
Other liabilities	520		628
Total liabilities	24,720		30,028
Stockholders' Equity
Preferred stock - Series A noncumulative; $10.00 par value;
(1,000,000 shares authorized; 40,000 shares issued and outstanding)	400		400
Common stock - $1.00 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized;
(issued and outstanding shares 2011: 14,125,346;  2010: 13,748,384)	14,125		13,748
Surplus	156,184		151,545
Retained earnings	45,497		45,288
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	3,814		(5,630		)
Total stockholders' equity	220,020		205,351
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$	244,740	$	235,379

Statements of Operations

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Income
Dividends from bank subsidiary	$	—		$	—		$	2,818
Interest income	122			124			124
Debt prepayment charge	(75		)	—			—
	47			124			2,942
Expenses
Interest expense	2,611			2,645			2,645
Other	2,293			1,149			1,668
	4,904			3,794			4,313
Loss before income tax benefit and equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries	(4,857		)	(3,670		)	(1,371		)
Income tax benefit	1,651			1,248			1,466
	(3,206		)	(2,422		)	95
Equity in undistributed net income (loss) of bank subsidiary	3,495			(1,915		)	(1,993		)
Net income (loss)	$	289		$	(4,337	)	$	(1,898	)

Statements of Cash Flows

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$	289		$	(4,337	)	$	(1,898	)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash (used in) provided by operating activities:
Amortization of financing costs	8			8			8
Stock-based compensation	1,250			1,244			1,439
Debt prepayment charge	75			—			—
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(108		)	(4,742		)	4,325
Decrease (increase) in other assets	1,990			610			(4,350		)
Equity in undistributed net (income) loss of bank subsidiary	(3,495		)	1,915			1,993
Net cash (used in) provided by operating activities	9			(5,302		)	1,517
Investing Activities
Investment in bank subsidiary	(5,052		)	(4,478		)	(48,970		)
Net cash used by investing activities	(5,052		)	(4,478		)	(48,970		)
Financing Activities
Proceeds from common stock options exercised	—			78			633
Proceeds from issuance of common stock under stock purchase plan	3,802			3,156			1,174
Repayment of long-term debt	(5,275		)	—			—
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with stock offering	—			—			77,792
Cash dividends on preferred stock	(80		)	(80		)	(80		)
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities	(1,553		)	3,154			79,519
(Decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents	(6,596		)	(6,626		)	32,066
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of the year	26,237			32,863			797
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year	$	19,641		$	26,237		$	32,863

XML

Quarterly Financial Data

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Quarterly Financial Information Disclosure [Abstract]

Quarterly Financial Data

Quarterly Financial Data (unaudited)

The following represents summarized unaudited quarterly financial data of the Company which, in the opinion of management, reflects adjustments (comprising only normal recurring accruals) necessary for fair presentation, note that certain balances may not cross foot due to rounding:

	Three Months Ended
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	December 31		September 30			June 30			March 31
2011
Interest income	$	24,726	$	24,415		$	24,659		$	23,895
Interest expense	3,336		3,640			3,842			3,878
Net interest income	21,390		20,775			20,817			20,017
Provision for loan losses	3,350		13,750			1,700			1,792
Net gains on sales of securities	—		7			309			34
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes	888		(3,334		)	660			342
Net income (loss)	2,483		(5,718		)	1,992			1,532
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.18	$	(0.41	)	$	0.14		$	0.11
Diluted	0.18		(0.41		)	0.14			0.11
2010
Interest income	$	24,508	$	24,248		$	24,396		$	24,095
Interest expense	4,062		4,261			4,412			4,662
Net interest income	20,446		19,987			19,984			19,433
Provision for loan losses	2,600		13,400			2,600			2,400
Net gains on sales of securities	1,765		117			298			621
Provision (benefit) for federal income taxes	376		(3,772		)	(238		)	(902		)
Net income (loss)	1,457		(6,160		)	360			6
Net income (loss) per share:
Basic	$	0.10	$	(0.46	)	$	0.02		$	—
Diluted	0.10		(0.46		)	0.02			—

XML

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Accounting Policies [Abstract]

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Nature of Operations and Basis of Presentation

Metro Bancorp, Inc. (Metro or the Company) is a Pennsylvania business corporation, which is registered as a bank holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended. The Company was incorporated on April 23, 1999 and became an active bank holding company on July 1, 1999 through the acquisition of 100% of the outstanding shares of Commerce Bank/Harrisburg, N.A. The Company is a one-bank holding company head-quartered in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania and provides full banking services through its subsidiary Metro Bank (the Bank). The Company is subject to regulation of the Federal Reserve Bank (FRB). Metro Bank is the Company's operating entity and is headquartered in Harrisburg, Pennsylvania. The Bank became a state-chartered bank on November 7, 2008, following approval by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking of the Bank's application to convert from a national bank charter to a state bank charter. As a Pennsylvania state-chartered bank, Metro Bank is supervised jointly by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (FDIC). The Bank is a financial services retailer with 33 stores in the counties of Berks, Cumberland, Dauphin, Lancaster, Lebanon and York, Pennsylvania.

Pursuant to a Transition Agreement with TD Bank, N.A. (TD) and Commerce Bancorp LLC (formerly Commerce Bancorp, Inc.), which terminated the Network Agreement and Master Services Agreement with Commerce Bank N.A. (now known as TD Bank, N.A.), the Company had a non-exclusive royalty-free license to continue using the name “Commerce Bank” and, subject to certain limitations, the red “C” logo, within its primary service area.  Effective June 15, 2009, the Company amended its articles of incorporation to change its name from Pennsylvania Commerce Bancorp, Inc. to Metro Bancorp, Inc. and on July 21, 2009 the Bank changed its name from Commerce Bank/Harrisburg to Metro Bank. The Company entered into a master agreement with Fiserv Solutions, Inc. (Fiserv), to provide many of the administrative and data processing services that were provided by TD. The conversion to Fiserv's system was completed in 2009.

The consolidated financial statements presented include the accounts of Metro Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiary Metro Bank. All material intercompany transactions have been eliminated. Events occurring subsequent to the date of the balance sheet have been evaluated for potential recognition or disclosure in the consolidated financial statements.

Estimates

The financial statements are prepared in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP).  GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts of assets and liabilities and require disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. In the opinion of management, all adjustments considered necessary for fair presentation have been included and are of a normal, recurring nature. Actual results could differ from these estimates. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change in the near term relate to the determination of the allowance for loan losses (ALL), impaired loans, the valuation of foreclosed assets, the valuation of securities available for sale, the valuation of deferred tax assets, the determination of other-than-temporary impairment on the Company's investment securities portfolio and fair value measurements.

Significant Group Concentrations of Credit Risk

Most of the Company's activities are with customers located within the South Central Pennsylvania Region. Note 3 discusses the types of securities that the Company invests in. Notes 4 and 6 discuss the types of lending that the Company engages in as well as loan concentrations. The Company does not have any significant concentrations to any one customer, or group of customers with similar economic characteristics.

Securities

Securities classified as held to maturity are those debt securities that the Company has both the intent and ability to hold to maturity regardless of changes in market conditions, liquidity needs, or general economic conditions. These securities are carried at cost adjusted for amortization of premium and accretion of discount, computed by the interest method over the estimated average life of the securities.

Securities classified as available for sale are those debt securities that the Company intends to hold for an indefinite period of time, but not necessarily to maturity. Any decision to sell a security classified as available for sale would be based on various factors, including significant movements in interest rates, changes in the maturity mix of the Company's assets and liabilities, liquidity needs, regulatory capital considerations and other similar factors. Securities available for sale are carried at fair value. Unrealized gains or losses are reported in other comprehensive income, net of the related deferred tax effect. Realized gains or losses, determined on the basis of the cost of the specific securities sold, are included in earnings. Premiums and discounts are recognized in interest income using the interest method over the estimated average life of the securities. Management determines the appropriate classification of debt securities at the time of purchase.

Other-Than-Temporary Impairment (OTTI)

Prior to April 1, 2009, unrealized losses that were determined to be temporary were recorded, net of tax, in other comprehensive income for available-for-sale (AFS) securities, whereas unrealized losses related to held to maturity (HTM) securities determined to be temporary were not recognized. Declines in the fair value of HTM and AFS securities below their cost that were deemed to be other-than-temporary were reflected in earnings as realized losses. In estimating OTTI losses, management considered (1) adverse changes in the general market condition of the industry in which the investment is related, (2) the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer, (3) the seniority of the tranche owned by the Company in relation to the entire bond issue, (4) current prepayment behavior, (5) current credit agency ratings, (6) the credit support available in the bond structure to absorb losses and (7) each of the following with respect to the underlying collateral: (a) delinquency percentages and trends, (b) weighted-average loan-to-value ratios, (c) weighted-average Financing Corporation (FICO) scores and (d) the level of foreclosure and other real estate owned (OREO) activity. Also considered was the intent and ability of the Company to retain its investment in the issuer for a period of time sufficient to allow for any anticipated recovery in fair value.

During the second quarter of 2009 the Company adopted fair value measurement guidance that clarifies the interaction of the factors that should be considered when determining whether a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired. For debt securities, management must assess whether we have the intent to sell the security or it is more likely than not that we will be required to sell the security prior to its anticipated recovery. Previously, this assessment required management to assert we had both the intent and the ability to hold a security for a period of time sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value to avoid recognizing an OTTI. This change does not affect the need to forecast recovery of the value of the security through either cash flows or market price.

In instances when a determination is made that an OTTI exists but we do not intend to sell the debt security and it is not likely that we will be required to sell the debt security prior to its anticipated recovery, the OTTI is separated into (a) the amount of the total OTTI related to a decrease in cash flows expected to be collected from the debt security (the credit loss) and (b) the amount related to all other factors. The amount of the OTTI related to the credit loss is recognized in earnings and the amount of the OTTI related to all other factors is recognized in other comprehensive income.

Loans Held for Sale

Loans held for sale are comprised of student loans and selected residential mortgage loans the Company originates with the intention of selling in the future. Prior to September 30, 2011, loans held for sale also included Small Business Administration (SBA) loans the Company originated with the intention of selling. Occasionally, loans held for sale also include selected business and industry loans that the Company decides to sell. Held for sale loans are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, calculated in the aggregate. At the present time, the majority of the Company's residential loans are originated with the intent to sell to the secondary market unless a loan is nonconforming to the secondary market standards or if we agree not to sell the loan due to a customer's request. The residential mortgage loans that are designated as held for sale are sold to other financial institutions in correspondent relationships. The sale of these loans takes place typically within 30 days of funding. The Bank does not retain the servicing on its residential mortgage loans or its student loans.

In previous years, as well as for the first half of 2011, the Company was originating SBA loans with the intent to sell the guaranteed portion of the loans. The Company received proceeds of $12.1 million on sales of SBA loans in 2011 and recognized a gain of $1.9 million on those sales. During the second quarter of 2011, as a result of a much lower level of SBA loan originations in 2011 compared to 2010, the Company's management made the decision to hold SBA loans in the Company's loan receivable portfolio unless or until the Company's management determines a sale of certain loans is appropriate. At the time such a decision would be made, the SBA loans will be moved from the loans receivable portfolio to the loans held for sale portfolio.

Total loans held for sale were $9.4 million and $18.6 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively.  At December 31, 2011, loans held for sale were comprised of $5.2 million of student loans and $4.2 million of residential mortgages as compared to $6.0 million of student loans, $5.2 million of SBA loans and $7.4 million of residential mortgages at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010 there was a deferred gain of $930,000 which was recognized in the first quarter of 2011 at the expiration of the 90-day warranty period. 

Loans Receivable

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an ALL and any deferred fees and costs. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Loan origination fees and costs are deferred and recognized as an adjustment of the yield (interest income) of the related loans. The Company is generally amortizing these amounts over the contractual life of the loan or to the loan's call date.

A loan is considered past due or delinquent if payment is not received on or before the due date. The accrual of interest is generally discontinued when the contractual payment of principal or interest has become 90 days past due or management has serious doubts about further collectibility of principal or interest, even though the loan may be currently performing. A loan may remain on accrual status if it is in the process of collection and is either guaranteed or well secured. When a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against the ALL. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management's judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  If a loan is substandard and accruing, interest is recognized as accrued. Generally, loans are restored to accrual status when the obligation is brought current, has performed in accordance with the contractual terms for a reasonable period of time and the ultimate collectibility of the total contractual principal and interest is no longer in doubt.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The ALL is established through provisions for loan losses charged against income. Loans deemed to be uncollectible are charged against the ALL and subsequent recoveries, if any, are credited to the allowance. The evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires estimates that are susceptible to significant revision as more information becomes available. Loans are evaluated for impairment once the loan has been internally risk rated substandard or below.

The allowance consists of specific and general components. The specific component relates to loans that are classified as impaired. For such loans, an allowance is established when the discounted cash flows, net collateral value or observable market price of the impaired loan is lower than the carrying value of that loan. The general component covers non-classified loans and is based on historical loss experience adjusted for qualitative factors. These qualitative factors represent a portion of the allowance established for losses inherent in the loan portfolio, which have not been identified by the quantitative processes. This determination inherently involves a higher degree of subjectivity and considers risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in historical loss experience. These factors include:

• Changes in lending policies and procedures, including changes in underwriting standards;

• Changes in levels and trends of collection, charge-off and recovery practices; changes in the volume and severity of past due loans, the volume of nonaccrual loans and the volume and severity of adversely classified or graded loans;

• Material changes in the mix, volume or duration of the portfolio;

• Changes in the value of underlying collateral for collateral-dependent loans;

• Changes in the quality of our loan review system;

• Changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff;

• The existence and effect of any concentrations of credit and changes in the level of such concentrations; and

• Changes in international, national, regional and local economic and business conditions and developments that affect the collectibility of the portfolio, including the condition of various market segments and the effect of other external factors such as competition and legal and regulatory requirements on the level of estimated credit losses in our existing portfolio.

Additionally, the general component factors in uncertainties that could affect management's estimates of probable losses.

The ALL is maintained at a level considered adequate to provide for losses that can be reasonably anticipated. Management's periodic evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance is based on the Company's past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, adverse situations that may affect the borrower's ability to repay, the estimated value of any underlying collateral, composition of the loan portfolio, current economic conditions and other relevant factors. During the third quarter of 2010, as part of the quantitative analysis of the adequacy of the ALL, management adjusted its projection of probable loan losses based upon a much shorter and more recent period of actual historical losses. This was done as a result of the higher level of loan charge-offs experienced by the Company over the preceding two years as compared to the previous years. Given the continued state of the economy and its impact on borrowers and on loan collateral values, management feels this is currently a better predictor of probable additional loan losses until such time that the economy, borrower repayment ability and loan collateral values show sustained signs of improvement. The change in this estimate resulted in an additional $3.6 million of provision for loan losses in the third quarter of 2010. The impact of this additional provision for 2010 was an additional after tax loss of $2.4 million, or $0.17 per share.

A loan is considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect the scheduled payments of principal or interest when due according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Factors considered by management in determining impairment include payment status, borrower's financial condition, market conditions for the borrowers type of industry and the probability of collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays generally are not classified as impaired. Management determines the significance of payment delays on a case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay and the borrower's prior payment record. Impairment is measured on a loan-by-loan basis for commercial loans by either the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loan's effective interest rate, the loan's obtainable market price or the fair value of the collateral if the loan is collateral dependent.

All nonaccrual loans, including any non-homogeneous portfolio residential mortgages and home equity loansare evaluated individually to determine whether a charge-off is necessary due to a collateral deficiency.

Restricted Investments in Bank Stock

Restricted investments in bank stock consists of stock of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB) of Pittsburgh and the Atlantic Central Bankers Bank (ACBB). Federal law requires a member institution of the FHLB system to hold stock of its district FHLB according to a predetermined formula.  At December 31, 2011, the Company held $16.7 million of FHLB stock and $65,000 of ACBB stock.  Of this amount, $4.1 million was required for membership, $4.5 million was required to cover the Company's borrowing level at the FHLB and the remaining $8.1 million was excess that the FHLB has not repurchased at this time due to a repurchase suspension the FHLB put in place in December of 2008. The suspension was partially lifted during the fourth quarter of 2010 and three times during 2011. Approximately $3.8 million of the stock was redeemed in 2011. The stock is carried at cost.

Management evaluates the restricted stock for impairment in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) guidance on Accounting by Certain Entities (including Entities with Trade Receivables that Lend to or Finance the Activities of Others). Management determines whether this investment is impaired based on an assessment of the ultimate recoverability of the cost rather than by recognizing temporary declines in value. The determination of whether a decline affects the ultimate recoverability of the cost is influenced by criteria such as (1) the significance of the decline in net assets of the FHLB as compared to the capital stock amount for the FHLB and the length of time this situation has persisted, (2) commitments by the FHLB to make payments required by law or regulation and the level of such payments in relation to the operating performance of the FHLB and (3) the impact of legislative and regulatory changes on institutions and, accordingly, on the customer base of the FHLB. Management believes no impairment charge is necessary related to the FHLB restricted stock as of December 31, 2011.

Premises and Equipment

Premises and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is charged to operations over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the terms of the respective leases or the estimated useful lives of the improvements, whichever is shorter. Depreciation and amortization are determined on the straight-line method for financial reporting purposes and accelerated methods for income tax purposes.

Foreclosed Assets

Assets acquired through, or in lieu of, loan foreclosures are held for sale and are initially recorded at fair value less estimated costs to sell the assets at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Subsequent to foreclosure, valuations are periodically performed by management and the assets are carried at the lower of carrying amount or fair value, less estimated costs to sell the asset. Revenue and expenses from operations, changes in the valuation allowance and gains/losses on sales of foreclosed real estate are included in foreclosed real estate expense. Foreclosed assets are included in other assets and totaled $7.1 million as of December 31, 2011 as compared to $6.8 million as of December 31, 2010.

Net expenses associated with foreclosed assets are detailed below:

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Operating expenses, net of rental income	$	331		$	571		$	288
Loss on write-down on foreclosed real estate	2,060			860			272
Net (gain) loss on sales of real estate	(116		)	(51		)	18
Total	$	2,275		$	1,380		$	578

Income Taxes

Deferred income taxes are provided on the liability method whereby deferred tax assets are recognized for deductible temporary differences and deferred tax liabilities are recognized for taxable temporary differences. Temporary differences are the differences between the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted through the provision for income taxes for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the date of enactment. The Company analyzes each tax position taken in its tax returns and determines the likelihood that the position will be realized. Only tax positions that are "more likely than not" to be realized can be recognized in the Company's financial statements. For tax positions that do not meet this recognition threshold, the Company will record an unrecognized tax benefit for the difference between the position taken on the tax return and the amount recognized in the financial statements. The Company does not have any material unrecognized tax benefits or accrued interest or penalties at December 31, 2011 or 2010 or during the years then ended. No unrecognized tax benefits are expected to arise within the next twelve months. The Company's policy is to account for interest as a component of interest expense and penalties, if any, as a component of other expenses.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers of financial assets, including sales of loans and loan participations, are accounted for as sales when control over the assets has been surrendered. Control over transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when (1) the assets have been isolated from the Company, (2) the transferee obtains the right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets and (3) the Company does not maintain effective control over the transferred assets through an agreement to repurchase them before their maturity.

Per Share Data

Basic earnings (loss) per share represents income (loss) available to common stockholders divided by the weighted-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted earnings (loss) per share reflect additional common shares that would have been outstanding if dilutive potential common shares had been issued as well as any adjustments to income (loss) that would result from the assumed issuance. Potential common shares that may be issued by the Company relate solely to outstanding common stock options and are determined using the treasury stock method.

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments

In the ordinary course of business, the Company has entered into off-balance sheet financial instruments consisting of commitments to extend credit, commercial letters of credit and standby letters of credit. Such financial instruments are recorded on the balance sheet when they become payable by the borrower to the Company.

Cash Flow Information

For purposes of the statements of cash flows, the Company considers cash and due from banks, interest-bearing deposits and federal funds sold as cash and cash equivalents. Generally, federal funds, a component of cash and cash equivalents are purchased and sold for one-day periods. Cash paid during the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009 for interest expense on deposits, borrowings and debt was $14.9 million, $17.6 million and $23.0 million, respectively. Income taxes paid totaled $700,000, $0 and $1.4 million in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company recognizes compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions in the income statement based on the grant-date fair value of the stock-based compensation issued. Compensation costs are recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award.

The cash flows resulting from the tax benefits due to deductions in excess of the compensation cost recognized for options (excess tax benefits) are classified as financing cash flows.

Advertising Costs

The Company follows the policy of charging the costs of advertising to expense as incurred.

Recent Accounting Standards

In April 2011, the FASB issued guidance that clarified whether a loan restructuring constitutes a concession and defines whether or not a debtor is experiencing financial difficulties. The effective date for this guidance for public companies was for interim and annual periods beginning on or after June 15, 2011 and applies retrospectively to restructurings occurring on or after January 1, 2011. The adoption of this guidance has not had a material impact on our consolidated financial statements. 

In May 2011, the FASB amended fair value measurement guidance to clarify its previous guidance for items such as: the application of the highest and best use concept to non-financial assets and liabilities; the application of fair value measurement to financial instruments classified in a reporting entity's stockholders' equity; and disclosure requirements regarding quantitative information about unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurements of level 3 assets. The update also creates an exception to fair value measurement guidance for entities which carry financial instruments within a portfolio or group, under which the entity is now permitted to base the price used for fair valuation upon a price that would be received to sell the net asset position or transfer a net liability position in an orderly transaction. In addition, the update allows for the application of premiums and discounts in a fair value measurement if the financial instrument is categorized in level 2 or 3 of the fair value hierarchy. Lastly, the updated standard contains new disclosure requirements regarding fair value amounts categorized as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy such as: disclosure of the valuation process used; effects of and relationships between unobservable inputs; usage of nonfinancial assets for purposes other than their highest and best use when that is the basis of the disclosed fair value; and categorization by level of items disclosed at fair value, but not measured at fair value for financial statement purposes. The effective date of this update for public entities was for interim and annual periods beginning after December 15, 2011. Early adoption was not permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

In June 2011, the FASB updated the guidance on Comprehensive Income. The update prohibits the presentation of the components of comprehensive income in the statements of stockholders' equity. Reporting entities are allowed to present either: a statement of comprehensive income, which reports both net income and other comprehensive income; or separate statements of net income and other comprehensive income. Under previous GAAP, all three presentations were acceptable. In December of 2011, the FASB amended this guidance to defer the implementation date for the requirement to present all reclassifications between other comprehensive and net income on the face of the new statement or statements. The other provisions of this update are effective for fiscal years and interim periods beginning after December 31, 2011 for public entities. Early adoption is permitted. The adoption of this guidance did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.

 Segment Reporting

The Bank acts as an independent community financial services provider and offers traditional banking and related financial services to individual consumer, business and government customers. Through its stores, the Company offers a full array of commercial and retail financial services.

Management does not separately allocate expenses, including the cost of funding loan demand, between the commercial and retail operations of the Company. As such, discrete financial information is not available and segment reporting would not be meaningful.

Reclassifications

Certain amounts in the 2010 and 2009 financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation format. Such reclassifications had no impact on the Company's net operations and stockholders' equity.

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Assets
Cash and due from banks	$ 46,998	$ 32,858
Federal funds sold	8,075	0
Cash and cash equivalents	55,073	32,858
Securities, available for sale at fair value	613,459	438,012
Securities, held to maturity at cost (fair value 2011: $199,857; 2010: $224,202)	196,635	227,576
Loans, held for sale	9,359	18,605
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses (allowance 2011: $21,620; 2010: $21,618)	1,415,048	1,357,587
Restricted investments in bank stock	16,802	20,614
Premises and equipment, net	82,114	88,162
Other assets	32,729	51,058
Total assets	2,421,219	2,234,472
Deposits:
Noninterest-bearing	397,251	340,956
Interest-bearing	1,674,323	1,491,223
Total deposits	2,071,574	1,832,179
Short-term borrowing	65,000	140,475
Long-term debt	49,200	29,400
Other liabilities	15,425	27,067
Total liabilities	2,201,199	2,029,121
Stockholders' Equity:
Preferred stock - Series A noncumulative; $10.00 par value; (1,000,000 shares authorized; 40,000 shares issued and outstanding)	400	400
Common stock - $1.00 par value; 25,000,000 shares authorized; (issued and outstanding shares 2011: 14,125,346; 2010: 13,748,384)	14,125	13,748
Surplus	156,184	151,545
Retained earnings	45,497	45,288
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)	3,814	(5,630)
Total stockholders' equity	220,020	205,351
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity	$ 2,421,219	$ 2,234,472

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Common stock, shares issued under stock option plans	0	11,378	48,007
Tax benefit, Stock Option Plans	$ 0	$ 25	$ 76
Common stock, shares issued under employee stock purchase plan	100	210	400
Common stock, shares issued in connection with dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan	376,862	288,349	78,619
Common stock, shares issued in connection with stock offering			6,875,000

XML

Regulatory Matters

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Banking and Thrift [Abstract]

Regulatory Matters

Regulatory Matters

The Company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its subsidiary, the Bank. There are various legal and regulatory limitations on the extent to which the Bank can, among other things, finance, or otherwise supply funds to, the Company. Specifically, dividends from the Bank are the principal source of the Company's cash funds and there are certain legal restrictions under Pennsylvania law and Pennsylvania banking regulations on the payment of dividends by state-chartered banks. The relevant regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit the Company and the Bank from engaging in what, in the opinion of such regulatory body, constitutes an unsafe or unsound banking practice. The payment of dividends could, depending upon the financial condition of the Company and the Bank, be deemed to constitute such an unsafe or unsound practice.

The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company's financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. The capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.

Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios (set forth below) of total and Tier 1 capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk-weighted assets and of Tier 1 capital to average assets. Management believes, as of December 31, 2011, that the Company and the Bank meet all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.

As of December 31, 2011 the Bank was categorized as well-capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well-capitalized the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier 1 risk-based and Tier 1 leverage ratios as set forth in the table below. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank's category.

The following table presents the risk-based and leverage capital amounts and ratios at December 31, 2011 and 2010 for the Company and the Bank:

	Actual					For Capital  Adequacy Purposes						To Be Well-Capitalized Under Prompt Corrective Action Provisions
(dollars in thousands)	Amount		Ratio			Amount			Ratio			Amount			Ratio
Company as of December 31, 2011
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	260,405	15.36	%	≥	$	135,637	≥	8.0	%	≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Tier 1 capital	239,206		14.11		≥	67,818		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Leverage ratio	239,206		9.99		≥	95,797		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Bank as of December 31, 2011
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	238,919	14.12	%	≥	$	135,358	≥	8.0	%	≥	$	169,197	≥	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital	217,764		12.87		≥	67,679		≥	4.0		≥	101,518		≥	6.0
Leverage ratio	217,764		9.10		≥	95,747		≥	4.0		≥	119,684		≥	5.0
Company as of December 31, 2010
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	259,479	15.83	%	≥	$	131,092	≥	8.0	%	≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Tier 1 capital	238,981		14.58		≥	65,546		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Leverage ratio	238,981		10.68		≥	89,494		≥	4.0		≥	N/A		≥	N/A
Bank as of December 31, 2010
Risk-based capital ratios:
Total capital	$	229,682	14.06	%	≥	$	130,647	≥	8.0	%	≥	$	163,308	≥	10.0	%
Tier 1 capital	209,254		12.81		≥	65,323		≥	4.0		≥	97,985		≥	6.0
Leverage ratio	209,254		9.38		≥	89,269		≥	4.0		≥	111,586		≥	5.0

On April 29, 2010, the Bank consented and agreed to the issuance of a Consent Order (Order) by the FDIC, the Bank's federal banking regulator and a substantially similar consent order by the Pennsylvania Department of Banking. The Order required the Bank to take all necessary steps, consistent with the Order and sound banking practices, to correct and prevent certain unsafe or unsound banking practices and violations of law or regulation alleged by the FDIC to have been committed by the Bank. Among other things, the Order required certain analyses and assessments, including an analysis and assessment of the Bank Secrecy Act (BSA) and Office of Foreign Assets Control (OFAC) staffing needs and qualifications and an analysis and assessment of the independence and performance of the Company's directors and senior executive officers. It also required the development, adoption and implementation of a system of internal controls designed to ensure full compliance with BSA and OFAC provisions; training programs to ensure that all appropriate personnel are aware of and can comply with applicable requirements of BSA and OFAC provisions; periodic reviews by internal and external auditors of compliance with BSA and OFAC provisions; and a review by an independent third party of the Bank's compliance with the Order. The Bank continues with its efforts to ensure compliance with the terms and conditions of the Order. Most of the related expenses are captured under consulting fees and make up the majority of this line item on the consolidated statement of operations for the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

XML

Comprehensive Income

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Equity [Abstract]

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive Income

Accounting principles generally require that recognized revenue, expenses, gains and losses be included in net income. Although certain changes in assets and liabilities, such as unrealized gains and losses on AFS securities, are reported as a separate component of the equity section of the balance sheet, such items, along with net income are components of comprehensive income. The only comprehensive income item, other than net income, that the Company presently has is net unrealized gains on securities available for sale and unrealized losses for noncredit-related losses on debt securities. The federal income tax impact allocated to the net unrealized gains (losses) is presented in the table below. The 2010 and 2009 presentations have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation including grossing up the components of OTTI with no impact on the net impairment loss on investment securities included in net income.  These items had no impact on net income, stockholders' equity and total assets for 2010 and 2009.

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Net unrealized holding gains (losses) arising during the year	$	14,329		$	6,057		$	(5,749	)
Reclassification adjustment for net realized gains on securities recorded in income	(343		)	(2,767		)	(1,401		)
Reclassification for OTTI credit losses recorded in income	324			962			2,341
Noncredit related OTTI losses on securities not expected to be sold	—			3,942			14,670
Subtotal	14,310			8,194			9,861
Income tax impact	(4,866		)	(2,953		)	(3,452		)
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	$	9,444		$	5,241		$	6,409

XML

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Operating Activities
Net income (loss)	$ 289	$ (4,337)	$ (1,898)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by operating activities:
Provision for loan losses	20,592	21,000	12,425
Provision for depreciation and amortization	6,476	6,142	5,517
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense	(1,511)	(4,772)	1,667
Amortization of securities premiums and accretion of discounts (net)	2,506	122	416
Gains on sales/calls of securities (net)	(350)	(2,801)	(1,571)
Other-than-temporary impairment losses on investment securities	324	962	2,341
Proceeds from sales and transfers of SBA loans originated for sale	12,063	30,573	0
Proceeds from sales of other loans originated for sale	52,492	65,892	152,668
Loans originated for sale	(52,581)	(98,994)	(123,686)
Gains on sales of loans originated for sale	(2,728)	(2,434)	(546)
Loss on write-down on foreclosed real estate	2,060	860	272
(Gains) losses on sales of foreclosed real estate (net)	(116)	(51)	18
Loss on disposal of furniture and equipment	1,254	89	839
Stock-based compensation	1,250	1,244	1,439
Amortization of deferred loan origination fees and costs (net)	2,069	1,928	2,092
Debt Prepayment Charge	75	1,574	0
Decrease (increase) in other assets	15,437	(6,856)	(8,221)
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities	(11,679)	(1,392)	14,982
Net cash provided by operating activities	47,922	8,749	58,754
Securities available for sale:
Proceeds from principal repayments, calls and maturities	79,695	153,786	98,557
Proceeds from sales	125,299	292,899	46,125
Purchases	(368,537)	(485,985)	(183,303)
Securities held to maturity:
Proceeds from principal repayments, calls and maturities	87,074	64,481	56,485
Proceeds from sales	852	3,327	3,404
Purchases	(57,059)	(177,535)	(25,000)
Proceeds from sales of loans receivable	0	0	5,782
Proceeds from sales of foreclosed real estate	2,930	3,513	2,108
(Increase) decrease in loans receivable (net)	(85,458)	45,505	(45,376)
Redemption of restricted investment in bank stock (net)	3,812	1,016	0
Proceeds from sale of premises and equipment	2	25	19
Purchases of premises and equipment	(1,684)	(638)	(13,095)
Net cash used by investing activities	(213,074)	(99,606)	(54,294)
Financing Activities
Increase in demand, interest checking, money market, and savings deposits (net)	281,381	17,505	139,620
(Decrease) increase in time deposits (net)	(41,986)	(59)	41,128
(Decrease) increase in short-term borrowings (net)	(75,475)	89,400	(249,050)
Repayment of long-term borrowings	(5,275)	(26,574)	(25,000)
Proceeds from long-term borrowings	25,000	0	0
Proceeds from common stock options exercised	0	78	633
Proceeds from dividend reinvestment and common stock purchase plan	3,802	3,156	1,174
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with stock offering	0	0	77,792
Tax benefit on exercise of stock options	0	25	76
Cash dividends on preferred stock	(80)	(80)	(80)
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities	187,367	83,451	(13,707)
Increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents	22,215	(7,406)	(9,247)
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year	32,858	40,264	49,511
Cash and cash equivalents at end of period	55,073	32,858	40,264
Supplementary cash flow information on noncash activities:
Transfer of loans to foreclosed assets	$ 5,336	$ 3,372	$ 9,348

XML

Consolidated Balance Sheets (Parenthetical) (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010
Securities, held to maturity fair value	$ 199,857	$ 224,202
Allowance for loan losses	$ 21,620	$ 21,618
Preferred stock, par value	$ 10	$ 10
Preferred stock, shares authorized	1,000,000	1,000,000
Preferred stock, shares issued	40,000	40,000
Preferred stock, shares outstanding	40,000	40,000
Common stock, par value	$ 1	$ 1
Common stock, shares authorized	25,000,000	25,000,000
Common stock, shares issued	14,125,346	13,748,384
Common stock, shares outstanding	14,125,346	13,748,384

XML

Long-term Debt

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Long-term Debt, Unclassified [Abstract]

Long-term Debt

Long-term Debt

As part of the Company's Asset/Liability management strategy, management utilized a FHLB fixed borrowing product during the second quarter of 2011 when it obtained $25.0 million in borrowings with a two year maturity due March 18, 2013 and interest rate of 1.01%. There was $25.0 million outstanding on this borrowing at December 31, 2011 which was collateralized by $45.0 million of loans of the Bank.

During the fourth quarter of 2010 the Company paid off a $25.0 million FHLB convertible select borrowing product which had a five year maturity and a six month conversion term at an initial interest rate of 4.29% and incurred a $1.6 million prepayment charge.  

On June 15, 2000, the Company issued $5.0 million of 11% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities to Commerce Bancorp LLC through Trust I, a Delaware business trust subsidiary. The Trust Capital Securities evidenced a preferred ownership interest in the Trust, of which the Company owned 100% of the common equity. The proceeds from the issuance of the Trust Capital Securities were invested in substantially similar Junior Subordinated Debt of the Company. The Company unconditionally guaranteed the Trust Capital Securities. Interest on the debt was payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. The Trust Capital Securities was scheduled to mature on June 15, 2030. The Company had the option to redeem in whole or in part beginning on or after June 15, 2010 at a premium to the principal amount plus accrued interest, with the redemption price set to decline annually until June 2020, at which time the securities could be redeemed at 100% of the principal. During the fourth quarter of 2011, the Company repurchased and retired the $5.0 million of Trust Capital Securities and incurred a $75,000 early repayment charge in doing so.

On September 28, 2001, the Company issued $8.0 million of 10% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities to Commerce Bancorp LLC through Trust II, a Delaware business trust subsidiary. The Trust Capital Securities evidence a preferred ownership interest in the Trust II of which the Company owns 100% of the common equity. The proceeds from the issuance of the Trust Capital Securities were invested in substantially similar Junior Subordinated Debt of the Company. The Company unconditionally guarantees the Trust Capital Securities. Interest on the debt is payable quarterly in arrears on March 31, June 30, September 30 and December 31 of each year. . The Trust Capital Securities are scheduled to mature on September 28, 2031. The Trust Capital Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Company on or after September 28, 2011 at 105.00% of the principal plus accrued interest, if any. The redemption price declines by 0.50% on September 28th of each year from 2012 through 2021 at which time the securities may be redeemed at 100% of the principal plus accrued interest, if any, to the date fixed for redemption, subject to certain conditions. All $8.0 million of the Trust Capital Securities qualifies as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

On September 29, 2006, the Company issued $15.0 million of 7.75% fixed rate Trust Capital Securities to TD Bank, N.A. through Trust III, a Delaware business trust subsidiary. The issuance of the Trust Capital Securities has similar properties as Trust II. The Trust Capital Securities evidence a preferred ownership interest in Trust III of which the Company owns 100% of the common equity. The proceeds from the issuance of the Trust Capital Securities were invested in substantially similar Junior Subordinated Debt of the Company. The Company unconditionally guarantees the Trust Capital Securities. Interest on the debt is payable quarterly with similar terms as in Trust II. The Trust Capital Securities are scheduled to mature on September 29, 2036. The Trust Capital Securities may be redeemed in whole or in part at the option of the Company on or after September 29, 2011 at 100.00% of the principal plus accrued interest, if any. All $15.0 million of the Trust Capital Securities qualifies as Tier 1 capital for regulatory capital purposes.

The remaining $1.2 million in long-term debt represents the Company's ownership interest in the non-bank subsidiary Trusts.

The scheduled maturities for long-term debt over the next five years and thereafter are as follows:

(in thousands)
2012-2016	$	25,000
Thereafter	24,200
Total	$	49,200

XML

Document and Entity Information (USD $) In Thousands, except Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Feb. 29, 2012	Jun. 30, 2011
Entity Information [Line Items]
Entity Registrant Name	METRO BANCORP, INC.
Entity Central Index Key	0001085706
Current Fiscal Year End Date	--12-31
Entity Filer Category	Accelerated Filer
Document Type	10-K
Document Period End Date	Dec. 31, 2011
Document Fiscal Year Focus	2011
Document Fiscal Period Focus	FY
Amendment Flag	false
Entity Common Stock, Shares Outstanding		14,126,706
Entity Well-known Seasoned Issuer	No
Entity Voluntary Filers	No
Entity Current Reporting Status	Yes
Entity Public Float			$ 145,614,067

XML

Income Taxes

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Income Tax Disclosure [Abstract]

Income Taxes

Income Taxes

A reconciliation of the provision (benefit) for income taxes and the amount that would have been provided at statutory rates is as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Benefit at statutory rate on pretax loss	$	(392	)	$	(3,017	)	$	(1,425	)
Tax-exempt income on loans and investments	(1,314		)	(1,446		)	(1,263		)
Exercise of nonqualified stock options	—			(25		)	(76		)
Stock-based compensation	222			209			296
Merger related expenses	—			(358		)	161
Other	40			101			133
Total	$	(1,444	)	$	(4,536	)	$	(2,174	)

The statutory tax rate used to calculate the provision (benefit) in 2011 and in 2010 was 34% and in 2009 a 35% statutory tax rate was used due to the projected pretax consolidated earnings of the Company.

The components of income tax benefit are as follows: 

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010			2009
Current expense (benefit)	$	67		$	236		$	(3,841	)
Deferred expense (benefit)	(1,511		)	(4,772		)	1,667
Total	$	(1,444	)	$	(4,536	)	$	(2,174	)

The components of the net deferred tax asset were as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011			2010
Deferred tax assets:
Allowance for loan losses	$	7,351		$	7,350
Unrealized losses on securities	—			2,901
Other-than-temporary losses	1,003			892
Stock-based compensation	923			757
Nonaccrual interest	2,002			1,492
Gain on sale of SBA loans	—			316
Foreclosed real estate write-downs	703			144
Income from LLC subsidiary	254			111
Other	486			270
Total deferred tax assets	12,722			14,233
Deferred tax liabilities:
Premises and equipment	(4,486		)	(4,514		)
Unrealized gains on securities	(1,965		)	—
Prepaid expenses	(395		)	(571		)
Deferred loan fees	(968		)	(885		)
Total deferred tax liabilities	(7,814		)	(5,970		)
Net deferred tax asset	$	4,908		$	8,263

At December 31, 2011, the Company had a net deferred tax asset of $4.9 million. An analysis was conducted to determine if a valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets was required. The Company used current forecasts of future expected income, possible tax planning strategies, current and future economic and business conditions (such as the possibility of a decrease in real estate value for properties the Bank holds as collateral on loans), the probability that taxable income will continue to be generated in future periods and the cumulative losses in previous years to make the assessment. Management concluded that a valuation allowance was not necessary, largely based on available tax planning strategies and our projections of future taxable income.  Additional evidence considered in the analysis included recent expenses such as rebranding and consulting costs that are not expected to have a repeat impact on the Company's profitability as well as the availability of AFS securities (currently at an unrealized gain position) that could be sold to generate taxable income.

Tax expense of $119,000, $952,000 and $550,000 was recognized on net securities gains during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. For 2011, the Company will receive a tax benefit on its federal income tax return totaling $0 and for 2010 and 2009, the Company received a tax benefit totaling $25,000 and $76,000, respectively, related to the exercise of non-qualified stock options and disqualified dispositions of employee stock from options exercised. The Company, or one of its subsidiaries, files income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and various states. The Company is no longer subject to U.S. Federal, state and local examinations by tax authorities for years before 2008.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Operations (USD $) In Thousands, except Per Share data, unless otherwise specified	12 Months Ended
	Dec. 31, 2011	Dec. 31, 2010	Dec. 31, 2009
Loans receivable, including fees:
Taxable	$ 71,307	$ 70,423	$ 74,113
Tax-exempt	4,020	4,521	4,345
Securities:
Taxable	22,362	22,275	19,858
Tax-exempt	1	14	65
Federal funds sold	5	14	2
Total interest income	97,695	97,247	98,383
Interest Expense
Deposits	11,443	13,467	17,287
Short-term borrowings	439	317	1,038
Long-term debt	2,814	3,613	4,452
Total interest expense	14,696	17,397	22,777
Net interest income	82,999	79,850	75,606
Provision for loan losses	20,592	21,000	12,425
Net interest income after provision for loan losses	62,407	58,850	63,181
Noninterest Income
Service charges, fees and other operating income	27,773	26,681	24,681
Gains on sales of loans	2,728	2,434	546
Total fees and other income	30,501	29,115	25,227
Other-than-temporary impairment losses	(324)	(4,904)	(17,011)
Portion recognized in other comprehensive income (before taxes)	0	3,942	14,670
Net impairment loss on investment securities	(324)	(962)	(2,341)
Net gains on sales/call of securities	350	2,801	1,571
Debt prepayment charge	(75)	(1,574)	0
Total noninterest income	30,452	29,380	24,457
Noninterest Expenses
Salaries and employee benefits	40,318	41,494	43,426
Occupancy	9,155	8,429	8,166
Furniture and equipment	5,465	5,134	4,766
Advertising and marketing	2,016	2,967	2,751
Data processing	14,211	13,121	9,155
Telephone, postage and supplies	4,356	4,412	6,412
Regulatory assessments and related fees	3,638	4,598	3,992
Loan expense	1,098	1,658	1,581
Foreclosed real estate	2,275	1,380	578
Branding/core system conversion (net)	1,891	0	917
Merger/acquisition	0	17	765
Consulting fees	1,496	4,508	762
Other	8,095	9,385	8,439
Total noninterest expenses	94,014	97,103	91,710
Loss before taxes	(1,155)	(8,873)	(4,072)
Benefit for federal income taxes	(1,444)	(4,536)	(2,174)
Net income (loss)	$ 289	$ (4,337)	$ (1,898)
Net Income (Loss) per Common Share
Basic (in dollars per share)	$ 0.02	$ (0.33)	$ (0.24)
Diluted (in dollars per share)	$ 0.02	$ (0.33)	$ (0.24)
Average Common and Common Equivalent Shares Outstanding
Basic (in shares)	13,919	13,563	8,241
Diluted (in shares)	13,919	13,563	8,241

XML

Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Receivables [Abstract]

Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

Loan Commitments and Standby Letters of Credit

Loan commitments are made to accommodate the financial needs of Metro's customers. Standby letters of credit commit the Company to make payments on behalf of customers when certain specified future events occur. They primarily are issued to facilitate the customers' normal course of business transactions. Standby performance letters of credit are written conditional commitments issued by the Company to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. Historically, almost all of the Company's standby letters of credit expire unfunded.

Letters of credit have risk essentially the same as that involved in extending loans to customers and are subject to the Company's normal credit policies. Since the majority of the commitments are expected to expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amount does not necessarily represent future funding requirements. The Company requires collateral supporting these letters of credit as deemed necessary. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses. The amount of the liability as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 for guarantees under standby letters of credit issued was $0.

The Company's maximum exposure to credit loss for loan commitments (unfunded loans and unused lines of credit, including home equity lines of credit) and standby letters of credit outstanding were as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Unfunded commitments of existing commercial loans	$	269,180	$	267,804
Unfunded commitments of existing consumer/residential loans	86,273		73,731
Standby letters of credit	36,455		32,272
Commitments to grant loans	11,658		4,624
Total	$	403,566	$	378,431

XML

Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Receivables [Abstract]

Loans Receivable and Allowance For Loan Losses

Loans Receivable and Allowance for Loan Losses

Loans receivable that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future, or until maturity or payoff, are stated at their outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of an ALL and any deferred fees and costs. Certain qualifying loans of the Bank totaling $207.0 million, collateralize a letter of credit, a line of credit commitment and a long-term borrowing the Bank has with the FHLB. 

During the first quarter of 2011, certain types of loans were reclassified due to their purpose and overall risk characteristics. Therefore, certain loan balances as of December 31, 2010 were reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

A summary of the Bank's loans receivable at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Commercial and industrial	$	321,988	$	337,398
Commercial tax-exempt	81,532		85,863
Owner occupied real estate	279,372		241,553
Commercial construction and land development	103,153		112,094
Commercial real estate	364,405		313,194
Residential	83,940		81,124
Consumer	202,278		207,979
	1,436,668		1,379,205
Less: allowance for loan losses	21,620		21,618
Net loans receivable	$	1,415,048	$	1,357,587

Certain directors and executive officers of the Company, including their associates and companies, have loans with the Bank. Such loans were made in the ordinary course of business at the Bank's normal credit terms including interest rates and collateralization, as those prevailing at the time for comparable loans with persons not related to the lender and do not represent more than a normal risk of collection. Total loans to these persons and companies amounted to approximately $11.4 million and $12.0 million at December 31, 2011 and 2010, respectively. During 2011, $3.2 million of new advances were made and repayments totaled $3.8 million.

The following table summarizes nonaccrual loans by loan type at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Nonaccrual loans:
Commercial and industrial	$	10,162	$	23,103
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—
Owner occupied real estate	2,895		4,318
Commercial construction and land development	8,511		14,155
Commercial real estate	7,820		5,424
Residential	2,912		3,609
Consumer	1,829		1,579
Total nonaccrual loans	$	34,129	$	52,188

No additional funds were committed on nonaccrual loans including restructured loans that were nonaccruing. Typically, commitments are canceled and no additional advances are made when a loan is placed on nonaccrual.

Generally, the Bank's policy is to move a loan to nonaccrual status as soon as it becomes 90 days past due or when the Company does not believe it will collect all of its principal and interest payments. In addition, when a loan is placed on nonaccrual status, unpaid interest credited to income in the current year is reversed and unpaid interest accrued in prior years is charged against the allowance for loan losses. Interest received on nonaccrual loans generally is either applied against principal or reported as interest income, according to management's judgment as to the collectibility of principal.  If a loan is substandard and accruing, interest is recognized as accrued. Once a loan is on nonaccrual status, it is not returned to accrual status unless the loan has been current for at least six consecutive months and the borrower and/or any guarantors demonstrate evidence of the ability to repay the loan. Under certain circumstances such as bankruptcy, if a loan is under collateralized, or if the borrower and/or guarantors do not show evidence of the ability to pay, the loan may be placed on nonaccrual status even though it is not past due by 90 days or more. Therefore, the total nonaccrual loan balance of $34.1 million exceeds the balance of total loans that are 90 days past due of $22.1 million at December 31, 2011 as presented in the aging analysis in the tables below.

During 2011, the Company adopted the FASB guidance on the determination of whether a loan restructuring is considered to be a troubled debt restructuring (TDR).  A TDR is a loan whose contractual terms have been modified resulting in the Bank granting a concession to a borrower who is experiencing financial difficulties in order for the Bank to have a greater chance of collecting the indebtedness from the borrower.  Concessions could include, but are not limited to: interest rate reductions, maturity extensions or principal forgiveness. An additional benefit to the Bank in granting a concession is to avoid foreclosure or repossession of collateral at a time when real estate values are the lowest in recent history. TDRs are discussed in further detail later in this footnote.

The following table is an age analysis of past due loan receivables as of December 31, 2011 and 2010:

			Past Due Loans										Recorded Investment in Loans 90 Days and Greater and Still Accruing
(in thousands)	Current		30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Past Due and Greater		Total Past Due		Total Loan Receivables
December 31, 2011
Commercial and industrial	$	317,190	$	696	$	1,083	$	3,019	$	4,798	$	321,988	$	—
Commercial tax-exempt	81,532		—		—		—		—		81,532		—
Owner occupied real estate	274,720		2,423		328		1,901		4,652		279,372		—
Commercial construction and land development	95,240		470		219		7,224		7,913		103,153		—
Commercial real estate	354,818		2,191		1,272		6,124		9,587		364,405		—
Residential	75,841		4,587		607		2,905		8,099		83,940		621
Consumer	199,671		1,314		350		943		2,607		202,278		71
Total	$	1,399,012	$	11,681	$	3,859	$	22,116	$	37,656	$	1,436,668	$	692

			Past Due Loans										Recorded Investment in Loans 90 Days and Greater and Still Accruing
(in thousands)	Current		30-59 Days Past Due		60-89 Days Past Due		90 Days Past Due and Greater		Total Past Due		Total Loan Receivables
December 31, 2010
Commercial and industrial	$	316,750	$	1,213	$	521	$	18,914	$	20,648	$	337,398	$	23
Commercial tax-exempt	85,863		—		—		—		—		85,863		—
Owner occupied real estate	235,738		1,314		258		4,243		5,815		241,553		—
Commercial construction and land development	97,939		—		—		14,155		14,155		112,094		—
Commercial real estate	306,032		1,214		77		5,871		7,162		313,194		624
Residential	73,670		3,724		1,606		2,124		7,454		81,124		—
Consumer	203,235		2,547		903		1,294		4,744		207,979		3
Total	$	1,319,227	$	10,012	$	3,365	$	46,601	$	59,978	$	1,379,205	$	650

A summary of the ALL by loan class and by impairment method as of December 31, 2011 and 2010 is detailed in the tables that follow. As mentioned previously, during the first quarter of 2011, certain types of loans were reclassified due to their purpose and overall risk characteristics. This impacted the allocation of the ALL as reported at December 31, 2010; therefore, the allocation as of that date has been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

(in thousands)	Comm. and industrial		Comm. tax-exempt		Owner occupied real estate		Comm. construc-tion and land devel-opment		Comm. real estate		Resi-dential		Con-sumer		Unallo-cated		Total
December 31, 2011
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	1,000	$	—	$	30	$	2,600	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,630
Collectively evaluated for impairment	7,400		79		699		5,240		3,241		435		831		65		17,990
Total ALL	$	8,400	$	79	$	729	$	7,840	$	3,241	$	435	$	831	$	65	$	21,620
Loans receivable:
Loans evaluated   individually	$	15,504	$	—	$	7,492	$	23,216	$	12,117	$	3,346	$	1,829	$	—	$	63,504
Loans evaluated   collectively	306,484		81,532		271,880		79,937		352,288		80,594		200,449		—		1,373,164
Total loans receivable	$	321,988	$	81,532	$	279,372	$	103,153	$	364,405	$	83,940	$	202,278	$	—	$	1,436,668

(in thousands)	Comm. and industrial		Comm. tax-exempt		Owner occupied real estate		Comm. construc-tion and land devel-opment		Comm. real estate		Resi-dential		Con-sumer		Unallo-cated		Total
December 31, 2010
Allowance for loan losses:
Individually evaluated for impairment	$	2,055	$	—	$	260	$	1,310	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	3,625
Collectively evaluated for impairment	7,624		86		650		4,110		4,002		442		702		377		17,993
Total ALL	$	9,679	$	86	$	910	$	5,420	$	4,002	$	442	$	702	$	377	$	21,618
Loans receivable:
Loans evaluated   individually	$	30,597	$	—	$	9,237	$	20,749	$	6,045	$	3,609	$	1,579	$	—	$	71,816
Loans evaluated   collectively	306,801		85,863		232,316		91,345		307,149		77,515		206,400		—		1,307,389
Total loans receivable	$	337,398	$	85,863	$	241,553	$	112,094	$	313,194	$	81,124	$	207,979	$	—	$	1,379,205

The Bank may create a specific allowance for all of or a part of a particular loan in lieu of a charge-off or charge-down as a result of management's evaluation of impaired loans. These circumstances are often credits in transition or in which a legal matter is pending. In these instances, the Bank has determined that a loss is not imminent based upon available information surrounding the credit at the time of the analysis; however, management believes an allowance is appropriate to acknowledge the risk of loss.

Generally, construction and land development and commercial real estate loans present a greater risk of non-payment by a borrower than other types of loans. The market value of real estate, particularly real estate held for investment, can fluctuate significantly in a relatively short period of time. Commercial and industrial, tax exempt and owner occupied real estate loans generally carry a lower risk factor because the repayment of these loans relies primarily on the cash flow from a business, which is more stable and predictable. However, the significance and duration of the economic downturn caused the Bank to experience an elevated level of charge-offs in the commercial and industrial loan category in 2011.

Consumer loan collections are dependent on the borrower's continued financial stability and thus are more likely to be affected by adverse personal circumstances. Consumer and residential loans also are impacted by the market value of real estate. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including bankruptcy and insolvency laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on these loans. The risk of non-payment is affected by changes in economic conditions, the credit risks of a particular borrower, the duration of the loan and, in the case of a collateralized loan, uncertainties as to the future value of the collateral and other factors.

The Company experienced an elevated level of loan charge-offs over the most recent three year period compared to previous years. As a result, management, beginning in the third quarter of 2010, bases its quantitative analysis of probable future loan losses (when determining the ALL) on those loans collectively reviewed for impairment on a two year period of actual historical losses. Previously, management had performed this analysis using a five year period of historical losses. Given the continued state of the economy and its impact on borrowers financial condition and on loan collateral values, management feels a two year period is an appropriate historical time frame, valid until such time that the economy, borrower repayment ability and loan collateral values show sustained signs of improvement.  Management may increase or decrease the historical loss period at some point in the future based on the state of the economy and other circumstances.

The qualitative factors such as: changes in levels and trends of charge-offs and delinquencies; material changes in the mix, volume or duration of the loan portfolio; changes in lending policies and procedures including underwriting standards; changes in the experience, ability and depth of lending management and other relevant staff; the existence and effect of any concentrations of credit; changes in the overall values of collateral; changes in the quality of the loan review program and changes in national and local economic trends and conditions among other things, are factors which have not been identified by the quantitative processes. The determination of qualitative factors inherently involves a higher degree of subjectivity and considers risk factors that may not have yet manifested themselves in historical loss experience.

The following tables summarize the transactions in the ALL for the twelve months ended December 31, 2011:

(in thousands)	Comm. and industrial			Comm. tax-exempt			Owner occupied real estate			Comm. construction and land development			Comm. real estate			Resi-dential			Consumer			Unallo-cated			Total
2011
Balance at January 1	$	9,679		$	86		$	910		$	5,420		$	4,002		$	442		$	702		$	377		$	21,618
Provision charged to operating expenses	6,510			(7		)	13			13,038			76			113			1,161			(312		)	20,592
Recoveries of loans previously charged-off	156			—			60			11			15			68			135			—			445
Loans charged-off	(7,945		)	—			(254		)	(10,629		)	(852		)	(188		)	(1,167		)	—			(21,035		)
Balance at December 31	$	8,400		$	79		$	729		$	7,840		$	3,241		$	435		$	831		$	65		$	21,620

The following table summarizes the transactions in the ALL for the twelve months ended December 31, 2010 and 2009. The table is presented in summary as the FASB guidance issued in July 2010 related to an entity's allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables required the activity by portfolio segment be disclosed only for periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010.

	Years Ended December 31,
(in thousands)	2010			2009
Balance at beginning of year	$	14,391		$	16,719
Provision charged to expense	21,000			12,425
Recoveries	522			308
Loans charged off	(14,295		)	(15,061		)
Balance at end of year	$	21,618		$	14,391

The following table presents additional information regarding the Company's impaired loans as of December 31, 2011:

(in thousands)	Recorded Invest-ment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance		Average Recorded Investment		Interest Income Recognized
Loans with no related allowance:
Commercial and industrial	$	14,504	$	19,672	$	—	$	12,901	$	141
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	7,000		8,845		—		5,333		191
Commercial construction and land      development	11,203		19,756		—		11,803		231
Commercial real estate	12,117		12,390		—		9,500		192
Residential	3,346		3,729		—		3,557		6
Consumer	1,829		2,168		—		1,945		—
Total impaired loans with no related   allowance	49,999		66,560		—		45,039		761
Loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	1,000		1,000		1,000		7,974		—
Owner occupied real estate	492		659		30		453		—
Commercial construction and land      development	12,013		12,013		2,600		4,637		—
Total impaired loans with an   allowance recorded	13,505		13,672		3,630		13,064		—
Total impaired loans:
Commercial and industrial	15,504		20,672		1,000		20,875		141
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	7,492		9,504		30		5,786		191
Commercial construction and land      development	23,216		31,769		2,600		16,440		231
Commercial real estate	12,117		12,390		—		9,500		192
Residential	3,346		3,729		—		3,557		6
Consumer	1,829		2,168		—		1,945		—
Total impaired loans as of   December 31, 2011	$	63,504	$	80,232	$	3,630	$	58,103	$	761

The following table presents additional information regarding the Company's impaired loans as of December 31, 2010:

(in thousands)	Recorded Investment		Unpaid Principal Balance		Related Allowance
Loans with no related allowance:
Commercial and industrial	$	21,630	$	24,817	$	—
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	8,483		8,758		—
Commercial construction and land development	16,401		17,173		—
Commercial real estate	6,045		6,853		—
Residential	3,609		3,609		—
Consumer	1,579		1,579		—
Total impaired loans with no related allowance	57,747		62,789		—
Loans with an allowance recorded:
Commercial and industrial	8,967		9,022		2,055
Owner occupied real estate	754		768		260
Commercial construction and land development	4,348		8,108		1,310
Total impaired loans with an allowance recorded	14,069		17,898		3,625
Total impaired loans:
Commercial and industrial	30,597		33,839		2,055
Commercial tax-exempt	—		—		—
Owner occupied real estate	9,237		9,526		260
Commercial construction and land development	20,749		25,281		1,310
Commercial real estate	6,045		6,853		—
Residential	3,609		3,609		—
Consumer	1,579		1,579		—
Total impaired loans as of December 31, 2010	$	71,816	$	80,687	$	3,625

Impaired loans averaged approximately $58.1 million, $74.6 million and $52.6 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. All nonaccrual loans are considered impaired and interest income is handled as discussed earlier in the nonaccrual section of this footnote. Interest income continued to accrue on impaired loans that were still accruing and totaled $761,000, $1.3 million and $1.6 million during 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Bank assigns loan risk ratings as credit quality indicators of its loan portfolio: pass, special mention, substandard accrual and substandard nonaccrual. Monthly, we track commercial loans that are no longer pass rated. We review the cash flow, operating results and financial condition of the borrower and any guarantors, as well as the collateral position against established policy guidelines as a means of providing a targeted list of loans and loan relationships that require additional attention within the loan portfolio. We categorize loans possessing increased risk as either special mention, substandard accrual or substandard nonaccrual. Special mention loans are those loans that are currently adequately protected, but potentially weak. The potential weaknesses may, if not corrected, weaken the loan's credit quality or inadvertently jeopardize our credit position in the future.  Substandard accrual and substandard nonaccrual assets are characterized by well-defined weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt and by the possibility that Metro will sustain some loss if the weaknesses are not corrected. Substandard accrual loans would move from accrual to nonaccrual when the Bank does not believe it will collect all of its principal and interest payments. Some identifiers to determine the collectability are as follows: when the loan is 90 days past due in principal or interest, there are triggering events in the borrower's or any guarantor's financial statements that show continuing deterioration, the borrower's or any guarantor's source of repayment is depleting, or if bankruptcy or other legal matters are present, regardless if the loan is 90 days past due or not. Pass rated loans are reviewed throughout the year through the recurring review process of an independent loan review function and through the application of other credit metrics.

Credit quality indicators for commercial loans broken out by loan type are presented in the following tables for the periods ended December 31, 2011 and 2010. As previously mentioned, certain December 31, 2010 balances have been reclassified to conform to the 2011 presentation.

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Pass Rated Loans		Special Mention		Substandard Accrual		Substandard Nonaccrual		Total
Commercial credit exposure:
Commercial and industrial	$	280,884	$	9,176	$	21,766	$	10,162	$	321,988
Commercial tax-exempt	77,657		3,875		—		—		81,532
Owner occupied real estate	263,001		2,887		10,589		2,895		279,372
Commercial construction and land development	76,374		3,071		15,197		8,511		103,153
Commercial real estate	349,786		794		6,005		7,820		364,405
Total	$	1,047,702	$	19,803	$	53,557	$	29,388	$	1,150,450

	December 31, 2010
(in thousands)	Pass Rated Loans		Special Mention		Substandard Accrual		Substandard Nonaccrual		Total
Commercial credit exposure:
Commercial and industrial	$	301,075	$	5,726	$	7,494	$	23,103	$	337,398
Commercial tax-exempt	85,863		—		—		—		85,863
Owner occupied real estate	228,224		4,093		4,918		4,318		241,553
Commercial construction and land development	84,155		7,190		6,594		14,155		112,094
Commercial real estate	296,537		10,611		622		5,424		313,194
Total	$	995,854	$	27,620	$	19,628	$	47,000	$	1,090,102

Consumer credit exposures are rated as performing or nonperforming as detailed below at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Consumer credit exposure:
Residential	$	81,028	$	2,912	$	83,940
Consumer	200,449		1,829		202,278
Total	$	281,477	$	4,741	$	286,218

	December 31, 2010
(in thousands)	Performing		Nonperforming		Total
Consumer credit exposure:
Residential	$	77,515	$	3,609	$	81,124
Consumer	206,400		1,579		207,979
Total	$	283,915	$	5,188	$	289,103

The following table presents new TDRs, with the recorded investment at the time of restructure, being the same pre-modification and post-modification, as well as the number of loans modified during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011 and the period end balance and number of loans modified at December 31, 2011:

	New TDRs for the Twelve Months Ended
	December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment at Time of Restructure		Balance of TDRs at December 31, 2011
Commercial and industrial	10	$	13,490	$	7,984
Commercial tax-exempt	—	—		—
Owner occupied real estate	1	87		84
Commercial construction and land       development	16	10,932		9,952
Commercial real estate	5	4,368		4,273
Residential	3	628		617
Consumer	—	—		—
Total	35	$	29,505	$	22,910

The loans included above are considered TDRs as a result of the Bank implementing one or more of the following concessions: granting a material extension of time, entering into a forbearance agreement, adjusting the interest rate, accepting interest only for a period of time or a change in amortization period. The following table presents the number of contracts and balance at time of TDR by concession type for the year ended December 31, 2011:

(dollars in thousands)	Granting a Material Extension of Time		Forbearance Agreement		Adjusting the Interest Rate		Accepting Interest Only for a Period of Time		Change in Amortization Period		Adjusting the Interest Rate & Change in Amortization Period
Commercial and industrial:
Number of Contracts	2		4		—		—		4		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	629	$	12,456	$	—	$	—	$	405	$	—
Owner occupied real estate:
Number of Contracts	—		1		—		—		—		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	—	$	87	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commercial construction and       land development:
Number of Contracts	16		—		—		—		—		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	10,932	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commercial real estate:
Number of Contracts	—		1		1		—		3		—
Balance at time of TDR	$	—	$	93	$	1,194	$	—	$	3,081	$	—
Residential:
Number of Contracts	—		—		1		—		1		1
Balance at time of TDR	$	—	$	—	$	195	$	—	$	355	$	78

As of December 31, 2011, TDRs totaled $22.9 million, of which $10.1 million were classified as nonaccruing loans. The remaining $12.8 million of TDRs were accruing. Also, as of December 31, 2011, all TDRs were considered impaired loans and therefore were individually evaluated for impairment in the calculation of the ALL. Prior to their classification as TDRs, certain of these loans had been collectively evaluated for impairment in the calculation of the ALL. 

Six commercial construction and land development relationships identified as accruing TDRs had additional unused commitments totaling $778,000 and one commercial relationship had an additional unused commitment available of $329,000.

The following table represents loans receivable modified as a TDR, that subsequently payment defaulted within 12 months of the restructure date and where the payment defaults occurred during the twelve month period ended December 31, 2011. The Bank's policy is to consider a loan past due or delinquent if payment is not received on or before the due date.

Troubled Debt Restructurings That Subsequently Payment Defaulted:
	December 31, 2011
(dollars in thousands)	Number of Contracts	Recorded Investment
Commercial and industrial	4	$	5,531
Commercial tax-exempt	—	—
Owner occupied real estate	—	—
Commercial construction and land development	11	9,162
Commercial real estate	2	747
Residential	3	617
Consumer	—	—
Total	20	$	16,057

Of the 20 contracts that subsequently payment defaulted during 2011, 18 contracts totaling $10.9 million were still in payment default at December 31, 2011.

XML

Employee Benefit Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]

Employee Benefit Plan

Employee Benefit Plan

The Company has established a 401(k) Retirement Savings Plan for all of its employees who meet eligibility requirements. Employees may contribute up to 15% of their salary to the Plan. Beginning January 1, 2011, the Company currently provides a Safe Harbor matching contribution of 100% of the amount of the employee contribution up to 3% of the employee's salary and 50% of the amount of the employee contribution that exceeds 3% of the employee's salary for up to 5% of the employee's salary. In 2010 and 2009, the Company's matching contribution was discretionary, not a Safe Harbor matching contribution and was set at 50% of the employee's salary deferral up to a maximum of 6% of the employee's salary. The amount charged to expense for employer matching contributions was $703,000, $490,000 and $494,000 in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

XML

Stockholders' Equity

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Equity [Abstract]

Stockholders' Equity

Stockholders' Equity

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, TD Banknorth, Inc., owned 40,000 shares of the Company's Series A $10 par value noncumulative nonvoting preferred stock.  The preferred stock is redeemable at the option of the Company at the price of $25 per share plus any unpaid dividends. Dividends on the preferred stock are payable quarterly at a rate of $2 per share per annum.

The Company has a dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan. Holders of common stock may participate in the plan in which reinvested dividends and voluntary cash payments of not less than $100 per month and not more than $10,000 per month, beginning January 1, 2012, may be reinvested in additional common shares. Officers are eligible immediately and employees who have been continuously employed for at least one year are also eligible to participate in the plan. The minimum investment is $25 per month for employees and $50 for officers with a maximum of $10,000 per month starting January 1, 2012. Previously, the maximum monthly purchase amount was $25,000. During 2011, 500,000 additional shares were registered to the plan. A total of 376,962, 288,559 and 79,019 common shares were issued pursuant to this plan in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. At December 31, 2011, the Company had reserved approximately 522,000 common shares to be issued in connection with the plan.

On August 6, 2009, Metro Bancorp filed a shelf registration statement on Form S-3 with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC) which will allow the Company, from time to time, to offer and sell up to a total aggregate of $250.0 million of common stock, preferred stock, debt securities, or warrants, either separately or together in any combination. The shelf registration statement also registered trust preferred securities. The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (Dodd-Frank Act) excludes from regulatory capital trust preferred securities issued after May 19, 2010. Consequently, Metro Bancorp has no plans to issue additional trust preferred securities. While Metro has always been well-capitalized under federal regulatory guidelines, the shelf registration better positions the Company to take advantage of potential opportunities for growth and to address current economic conditions.

XML

Deposits

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Deposits [Abstract]

Deposits

Deposits

The composition of the Bank's deposits at December 31, 2011 and 2010 is as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Noninterest-bearing demand	$	397,251	$	340,956
Interest checking and money market	1,038,760		927,575
Savings	406,896		292,995
Time certificates $100,000 or more	105,751		133,383
Other time certificates	122,916		137,270
Total	$	2,071,574	$	1,832,179

At December 31, 2011, the scheduled maturities of time deposits are as follows:

(in thousands)
2012	$	157,007
2013	35,224
2014	22,953
2015	9,297
2016	4,186
Thereafter	—
Total	$	228,667

XML

Concentrations of Credit Risk

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Risks and Uncertainties [Abstract]

Concentrations of Credit Risk

Concentrations of Credit Risk

The Company's loan portfolio is principally to borrowers throughout Cumberland, Dauphin, York, Lebanon, Lancaster and Berks counties of Pennsylvania where it has full-service stores. Commercial real estate loans and loan commitments for commercial real estate projects aggregated $491.3 million at December 31, 2011. Owner occupied real estate loans and loan commitments for commercial properties aggregated $284.9 million at December 31, 2011.

Commercial real estate loans are collateralized by the related project (principally multi-family residential, office building, lodging, land development and other properties) and typically require owner guarantees.  Maximum terms and maximum advance rates are established according to our underwriting guidelines based on our assessment of the overall risk of the project being financed.

XML

Premises, Equipment and Leases

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Leases [Abstract]

Premises, Equipment and Leases

Premises, Equipment and Leases

Premises and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expense for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $6.5 million, $6.1 million and $5.5 million, respectively, and is computed on the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the related assets as listed in the table below. The estimated life for leasehold improvements is based on the shorter of the useful life or the lease term.

	Years
Buildings and leasehold improvements	4 - 40
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	1 - 10
Computer equipment and software	3 - 8

A summary of premises and equipment is as follows:

	December 31,
(in thousands)	2011		2010
Land	$	15,386	$	15,386
Buildings	66,913		67,114
Construction in process	1,535		1,453
Leasehold improvements	2,583		2,541
Furniture, fixtures and equipment	32,073		35,095
	118,490		121,589
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization	36,376		33,427
Total	$	82,114	$	88,162

Land, buildings and equipment are leased under noncancelable operating lease agreements that expire at various dates through 2032. Total rental expense for operating leases in 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $3.1 million, $3.0 million and $2.9 million, respectively. At December 31, 2011 future minimum lease payments for noncancelable operating leases are payable as follows:

(in thousands)
2012	$	2,599
2013	2,545
2014	2,399
2015	2,352
2016	2,255
Thereafter	19,983
Total minimum lease payments	$	32,133

XML

Short-term Borrowings

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Short-term Debt [Abstract]

Short-term Borrowings

Short-term Borrowings 

Short-term borrowings consist of several lines of credit. The Bank has a line of credit commitment from the FHLB for borrowings up to $515.5 million and certain qualifying assets of the Bank collateralize the line. There was $65.0 million outstanding at December 31, 2011 and $140.5 million outstanding at December 31, 2010 on this line of credit. At December 31, 2011 $116.9 million of loans collateralized the outstanding balance. In addition, the Bank has a $15.0 million federal funds line of credit with one correspondent bank and a $20.0 million federal funds line of credit with another correspondent bank as of December 31, 2011 of which $0 was outstanding on both lines. The average balance of short-term borrowings was $128.0 million in 2011. The weighted-average interest rate on total short-term borrowings was 0.15% at December 31, 2011 and 0.60% at December 31, 2010.

XML

Stock Options Plan

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Postemployment Benefits [Abstract]

Stock Options Plan

Stock Option Plans

In 2005, the board of directors adopted and the Company's stockholders approved the adoption of the 2006 Employee Stock Option Plan for the officers and employees of the Company. The Plan commenced January 1, 2006 and replaced the 1996 Employee Stock Option Plan, which expired December 31, 2005. The Plan covers 1,000,000 authorized shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted or available for grant to employees and will expire on December 31, 2015. The Plan provides that the option price of qualified incentive stock options will be fixed by the Board of Directors, but will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. In addition, the Plan provides that the option price of nonqualified stock options (NQSO's) also will be fixed by the board of directors, however for NQSO's the option price may be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock at the date of grant. Options granted are exercisable one year after the grant date, will vest over a four-year period and expire ten years after the grant date.

In 2000, the board of directors adopted and the Company's stockholders approved the adoption of the 2001 Directors' Stock Option Plan. The Plan commenced January 1, 2001 and replaced the 1990 Directors' Stock Option Plan, which expired December 31, 2000. The Plan covered 343,100 authorized shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted or available for grant to non-employee directors and expired on December 31, 2010. In 2010, the Company's shareholders approved the adoption of the 2011 Directors' Stock Option Plan. The Plan commenced January 1, 2011 and replaced the 2000 Directors' Stock Option Plan which expired December 31, 2010. The Plan covers 200,000 authorized shares of common stock reserved for issuance upon exercise of options granted or available for grant to directors,  directors emeritus, advisory directors, consultants and others with outstanding abilities to help the Company and will expire on December 31, 2020. Under the Company's Directors' Stock Option Plan, non-employee directors of the Company, consultants and others who are not regularly employed on a salaried basis by the Company may be entitled to an option to acquire shares, as determined by the board of directors, of the Company's common stock during each year in which the Director serves on the Board. The Plan provides that the option price will be fixed by the board of directors, but will not be less than 100% of the fair market value of the stock on the date of the grant.

As of December 31, 2011, there was $2.3 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to non-vested stock option awards. The expense will be incurred over the next 4 year period with a weighted-average period of 2.5 years. Cash received from the exercise of options for 2011, 2010 and 2009 was $0, $78,000 and $633,000, respectively.

The fair value of each option grant was established at the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The Black-Scholes option valuation model was developed for use in estimating the fair value of traded options, which have no vesting restrictions and are fully transferable. In addition, option valuation models require the input of highly subjective assumptions including the stock price volatility. Because the Company's stock options have characteristics significantly different from those of traded options and because changes in the subjective input assumptions can materially affect the fair value estimate, in management's opinion, the existing models do not necessarily provide a reliable single measure of the fair value of the Company's stock options. The Company used the Black-Scholes model and the following weighted-average assumptions for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively: risk-free interest rates of 3.0%, 3.3% and 2.5%; volatility factors of the expected market price of the Company's common stock of .46, .45 and .32; assumed forfeiture rates of 1.67%, 1.72% and 2.12%; weighted-average expected lives of the options of 7.5 years for the three years presented and no cash dividends. Based upon these assumptions, the weighted-average fair value of options granted was $6.42, $6.47 and $6.18 per option share for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

The Company recorded compensation expense of approximately $1.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2011 compared to $1.2 million and $1.4 million for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The tax benefit associated with compensation expense was $203,000, $214,000 and $208,000 for 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Stock option transactions under the Plans were as follows:

	Years Ended December 31,
	2011				2010				2009
	Options		Weighted Avg. Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Avg. Exercise Price		Options		Weighted Avg. Exercise Price
Outstanding at beginning of year	1,069,774		$	21.74	1,030,267		$	22.92	943,915		$	24.42
Granted	242,300		12.01		192,900		12.31		211,270		15.69
Exercised	—		—		(13,508	)	7.92		(49,702	)	13.40
Forfeited/expired	(236,007	)	15.76		(139,885	)	18.75		(75,216	)	27.66
Outstanding at end of year	1,076,067		$	20.86	1,069,774		$	21.74	1,030,267		$	22.92
Exercisable at December 31	670,258		$	25.08	663,259		$	24.63	619,490		$	23.62
Options available for grant at December 31	549,003				511,525				624,085
Weighted-average fair value of options   granted during the year			$	6.42			$	6.47			$	6.18

Options exercisable and outstanding at December 31, 2011 had an intrinsic value of $0. The intrinsic value of options exercised was $77,000 in 2010 and $282,000 in 2009. There were no options exercised in 2011.

The Company allows for option exercises to be paid for in cash or in whole or in part with Metro stock owned by the optionee. The value of the stock used to exercise the options is the fair market value on the date of exercise.  Stock option exercises paid for with the Company's stock were 2,130 shares and 1,695 shares for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.

Exercise prices for options outstanding as of December 31, 2011 are presented in the following table:

	Options Outstanding	Weighted Avg. Exercise  Price		Weighted Avg. Remaining Contractual Life	Options Exercisable	Weighted Avg. Exercise Price
Options with exercise prices ranging from     $8.46 to $16.41	478,235	$	13.26	8.3 Years	103,249	$	14.82
Options with exercise prices ranging from     $16.42 to $25.38	193,615	21.36		1.6 Years	192,715	21.37
Options with exercise prices ranging from     $25.39 to $33.50	404,217	29.62		4.8 Years	374,294	29.83
Total options outstanding with exercise     prices ranging from $8.46 to $33.50	1,076,067	$	20.86	5.8 Years	670,258	$	25.08

The remaining weighted-average contractual life for options exercisable at December 31, 2011 is 4.2 years.

The following table represents non-vested options as of December 31, 2011:

		Number of Shares		Weighted Avg. Grant Date Fair Value
Non-vested options,	December 31, 2010	406,515		$	7.64
Granted		242,300		6.42
Vested		(140,210	)	8.42
Forfeited		(102,796	)	6.83
Non-vested options,	December 31, 2011	405,809		$	6.84

XML

Related Party Transactions

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Related Party Transactions [Abstract]

Related Party Transactions

Related Party Transactions

The Company has engaged in certain transactions with entities which are considered related parties. Payments for goods and services, including legal services, to these related parties totaled $841,000, $699,000 and $835,000, in 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively. Management believes disbursements made to related parties were substantially equivalent to those that would have been paid to unaffiliated companies for similar goods and services.

TD Banknorth, Inc. (a 4.26% shareholder of common stock and 100% shareholder of Series A preferred stock of the Company), through an affiliate TD Bank, N.A., historically provided various services to the Company. These services included maintenance to the store LAN network, proof and encoding services, deposit account statement rendering, automated teller machine (ATM)/VISA card processing, data processing, implementation of new software for systems and call center support. On and effective as of December 30, 2008, the Company and the Bank entered into a Transition Agreement with TD and Commerce Bancorp LLC (formerly Commerce Bancorp, Inc.).  The Transition Agreement terminated the Network Agreement dated January 1, 1997, as thereafter amended in April 2002 and September 29, 2004 (the Network Agreement) and the Master Services Agreement dated July 21, 2006 and its addenda (the Master Services Agreement) by and between the Company, the Bank and TD (and/or their predecessors). With timely advance notice by TD under the Network and Master Services agreements, the agreements would have otherwise terminated on December 31, 2009.  The agreements were terminated prior to such date in connection with the March 2008 merger of Commerce Bancorp, Inc. into a subsidiary of TD Bank N.A.

Pursuant to the Transition Agreement, TD provided to the Bank certain transaction services, representing a continuation of the services provided to the Bank under the terms of the Master Services Agreement until the third quarter of  2009, at which time all such services were transitioned to other service providers. Because all services provided by TD under the Transition Agreement were terminated according to terms in the agreement, TD paid to the Bank a fee in the amount of $6.0 million, which was used to help defray the costs of transition and the rebranding of the Company and the Bank.

The Company did not receive nor pay for services from TD in 2011 and 2010; however, paid approximately $2.2 million for services provided during 2009.  A non-recourse loan in which the Company had participated was foreclosed in 2009 and resulted in the Company's ownership of a 15% interest in commercial property in which TD now owns a 70% interest.  The gross balance due on the loan was $45.9 million at the time of foreclosure.

XML

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders' Equity (USD $) In Thousands, unless otherwise specified	Total	Preferred Stock [Member]	Common Stock [Member]	Surplus [Member]	Retained Earnings [Member]	Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) [Member]
Beginning balance at Dec. 31, 2008	$ 114,470	$ 400	$ 6,446	$ 73,221	$ 51,683	$ (17,280)
Comprehensive income: [Abstract]
Net loss	(1,898)	0	0	0	(1,898)	0
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	6,409	0	0	0	0	6,409
Total comprehensive income	4,511
Dividends declared on preferred stock	(80)	0	0	0	(80)	0
Common stock issued under stock option plans, including tax benefit	709	0	48	661	0	0
Common stock issued under employee stock purchase plan	7	0	0	7	0	0
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan	1,174	0	79	1,095	0	0
Common stock share-based awards	1,439	0	0	1,439	0	0
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with stock offering	77,792	0	6,875	70,917	0	0
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2009	200,022	400	13,448	147,340	49,705	(10,871)
Comprehensive income: [Abstract]
Net loss	(4,337)	0	0	0	(4,337)	0
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	5,241	0	0	0	0	5,241
Total comprehensive income	904
Dividends declared on preferred stock	(80)	0	0	0	(80)	0
Common stock issued under stock option plans, including tax benefit	103	0	12	91	0	0
Common stock issued under employee stock purchase plan	2	0	0	2	0	0
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan	3,156	0	288	2,868	0	0
Common stock share-based awards	1,244	0	0	1,244	0	0
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2010	205,351	400	13,748	151,545	45,288	(5,630)
Comprehensive income: [Abstract]
Net loss	289	0	0	0	289	0
Other comprehensive income, net of tax impact	9,444	0	0	0	0	9,444
Total comprehensive income	9,733
Dividends declared on preferred stock	(80)	0	0	0	(80)	0
Common stock issued under employee stock purchase plan	1	0	0	1	0	0
Proceeds from issuance of common stock in connection with dividend reinvestment and stock purchase plan	3,802	0	377	3,425	0	0
Common stock share-based awards	1,213	0	0	1,213	0	0
Ending balance at Dec. 31, 2011	$ 220,020	$ 400	$ 14,125	$ 156,184	$ 45,497	$ 3,814

XML

Securities

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Investments, Debt and Equity Securities [Abstract]

Securities

Securities

The amortized cost and fair value of securities are summarized in the following tables:

	December 31, 2011
(in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	22,500	$	58	$	—		$	22,558
Residential mortgage-backed securities	21,087		325		—			21,412
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	519,167		9,171		(175		)	528,163
Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations	24,974		—		(1,968		)	23,006
Corporate debt securities	19,952		—		(1,632		)	18,320
Total	$	607,680	$	9,554	$	(3,775	)	$	613,459
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	97,750	$	88	$	—		$	97,838
Residential mortgage-backed securities	37,658		2,769		—			40,427
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	45,122		840		(1		)	45,961
Corporate debt securities	15,000		—		(484		)	14,516
Municipal securities	1,105		10		—			1,115
Total	$	196,635	$	3,707	$	(485	)	$	199,857

	December 31, 2010
(in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Gross Unrealized Gains		Gross Unrealized Losses			Fair Value
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	22,500	$	—	$	(1,091	)	$	21,409
Residential mortgage-backed securities	2,383		3		—			2,386
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	388,414		2,025		(7,225		)	383,214
Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations	33,246		—		(2,243		)	31,003
Total	$	446,543	$	2,028	$	(10,559	)	$	438,012
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	140,000	$	—	$	(6,408	)	$	133,592
Residential mortgage-backed securities	48,497		2,727		(311		)	50,913
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	29,079		878		(209		)	29,748
Corporate debt securities	10,000		—		(51		)	9,949
Total	$	227,576	$	3,605	$	(6,979	)	$	224,202

The amortized cost and fair value of debt securities by contractual maturity at December 31, 2011 are shown in the table that follows. Expected maturities will differ from contractual maturities because borrowers may have the right to call or prepay obligations.

	Available for Sale				Held to Maturity
(in thousands)	Amortized Cost		Fair Value		Amortized Cost		Fair Value
Due in one year or less	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Due after one year through five years	—		—		15,000		14,516
Due after five years through ten years	19,952		18,320		12,750		12,751
Due after ten years	22,500		22,558		86,105		86,202
	42,452		40,878		113,855		113,469
Residential mortgage-backed securities	21,087		21,412		37,658		40,427
Agency collateralized mortgage obligations	519,167		528,163		45,122		45,961
Private-label collateralized mortgage obligations	24,974		23,006		—		—
Total	$	607,680	$	613,459	$	196,635	$	199,857

During 2011, the Company sold a total of 13 securities with a combined fair market value of $126.2 million. All of the securities were U.S. agency collateralized mortgage obligations (CMOs). The Company realized net pretax gains of $350,000, with related tax expense of $119,000, on the combined sales. Of this total, 12 securities with a combined fair market value of $125.3 million had been classified as available for sale. One agency mortgage-backed security (MBS) with a fair market value of $852,000 had been classified as held to maturity, however, its current par value had paid down to less than 9% of its original par value, below the 15% threshold,  so it could be sold without tainting the remaining HTM portfolio. Also during 2011, the Company had three agency debentures totaling $60.0 million called at par. The bonds had a combined market value of $60.0 million and no gain or loss was realized.   

During 2010, the Company sold a total of 56 securities with a combined fair market value of $296.2 million and realized a net pretax gain of $2.8 million. The securities sold included 23 private-label CMOs with a combined fair market value of $62.6 million; 13 agency CMOs with a fair market value of $138.1 million; 18 residential MBSs with a combined fair market value of $74.5 million and two agency debentures with a combined fair market value of $21.0 million. Of this total, 53 securities with a combined fair market value of $292.9 million had been classified as available for sale. Two agency MBSs with a combined fair market value of $440,000 had been classified as held to maturity, however, their current par value had fallen to less than 15% of their original par value and could be sold without tainting the remaining HTM portfolio. One private-label CMO with a fair market value of $2.9 million had been classified as held to maturity. Previously, the Company had recognized an OTTI charge due to a projected credit loss of $3,000 and this deterioration in creditworthiness was the basis for selling the security without tainting the remaining HTM portfolio. Also during 2010, the Company had ten agency debentures and four municipal bonds called at par. The bonds had a combined market value of $106.6 million.

In 2009, the Company sold a total of 65 MBSs with a combined fair market value of $49.5 million. Of this total, 42 securities had been classified as available for sale with a combined carrying value of $44.7 million. The Company realized proceeds of $46.1 million for net pretax gains of $1.4 million. The securities sold also included 23 MBSs with a combined fair market value of $3.4 million and a carrying value of $3.2 million that had been classified as held to maturity and were sold due to their small remaining size. In every case, the current face had fallen below 15% of the original purchase amount. A pretax gain of $170,000 was recognized on the sale of securities classified as held to maturity. Also during 2009, the Company had a total of $41.5 million of agency debentures called, at par, by their issuing agencies. Of this total, $5.0 million were classified as available for sale and $36.5 million were classified as held to maturity. All of the securities were carried at par.

The Company does not maintain a trading portfolio and there were no transfers of securities between the AFS and HTM portfolios. The Company uses the specific identification method to record security sales.

At December 31, 2011 and 2010, securities with a carrying value of $621.6 million and $437.6 million, respectively, were pledged to secure public deposits and for other purposes as required or permitted by law.

The following table summarizes the Company's gains and losses on the sales or calls of debt securities and losses recognized for the OTTI of investments:

(in thousands)	Gross Realized Gains		Gross Realized (Losses)			OTTI Credit Losses			Net Gains (Losses)
Years Ended:
December 31, 2011	$	983	$	(633	)	$	(324	)	$	26
December 31, 2010	6,690		(3,889		)	(962		)	1,839
December 31, 2009	1,581		(10		)	(2,341		)	(770		)

In determining fair market values for its portfolio holdings, the Company receives information from a third party provider which Management evaluates and corroborates. Under the current guidance, these values are considered Level 2 inputs, based upon mathematically derived matrix pricing and observed data from similar assets.  They are not Level 1 direct quotes, nor do they reflect Level 3 inputs that would be derived from internal analysis or judgment. As the Company does not manage a trading portfolio and typically only sells from its AFS portfolio in order to manage interest rate risk or credit exposure, direct quotes, or street bids, are warranted on an as-needed basis only.

The following tables show the fair value and gross unrealized losses associated with the Company's investment portfolio, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position:

	December 31, 2011
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
(in thousands)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available for Sale:
Agency CMOs	$	49,793	$	(175	)	$	—	$	—		$	49,793	$	(175	)
Private-label CMOs	6,017		(268		)	16,989		(1,700		)	23,006		(1,968		)
Corporate debt securities	18,320		(1,632		)	—		—			18,320		(1,632		)
Total	$	74,130	$	(2,075	)	$	16,989	$	(1,700	)	$	91,119	$	(3,775	)
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—		$	—	$	—
Agency CMOs	1,312		(1		)	—		—			1,312		(1		)
Corporate debt securities	14,516		(484		)	—		—			14,516		(484		)
Total	$	15,828	$	(485	)	$	—	$	—		$	15,828	$	(485	)

	December 31, 2010
	Less than 12 months					12 months or more					Total
(in thousands)	Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses			Fair Value		Unrealized Losses
Available for Sale:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	21,409	$	(1,091	)	$	—	$	—		$	21,409	$	(1,091	)
Agency CMOs	261,330		(7,216		)	9,092		(9		)	270,422		(7,225		)
Private-label CMOs	2,644		(9		)	28,359		(2,234		)	31,003		(2,243		)
Total	$	285,383	$	(8,316	)	$	37,451	$	(2,243	)	$	322,834	$	(10,559	)
Held to Maturity:
U.S. Government agency securities	$	133,592	$	(6,408	)	$	—	$	—		$	133,592	$	(6,408	)
Residential MBSs	7,287		(311		)	—		—			7,287		(311		)
Agency CMOs	7,957		(209		)	—		—			7,957		(209		)
Corporate debt securities	9,949		(51		)	—		—			9,949		(51		)
Total	$	158,785	$	(6,979	)	$	—	$	—		$	158,785	$	(6,979	)

The Company's investment securities portfolio consists primarily of U.S. Government agency securities, U.S. Government sponsored agency mortgage-backed obligations, private-label CMOs and corporate bonds of the financial sector. The Company considers securities of the U.S. Government sponsored agencies and the U.S. Government MBSs to have little credit risk because their principal and interest payments are backed by an agency of the U.S. Government.

The unrealized losses in the Company's investment portfolio at December 31, 2011 were associated with three distinct types of securities. The first type, those backed by the U.S. Government or one of its agencies,  includes seven government agency sponsored CMOs. Management believes that the unrealized losses on these investments were primarily caused by the movement of interest rates and notes the contractual cash flows of those investments are guaranteed by an agency of the U.S. Government. Accordingly, it is expected that the securities would not be settled at a price less than the amortized cost of the Company's investment. Secondly, the Company owns five investment-grade corporate bonds that were in an unrealized loss position as of December 31, 2011. Due to their structure and credit rating, the Company does not anticipate incurring any credit-related losses on these bonds. Because management believes the decline in fair value is attributable to changes in interest rates and not credit quality and because the Company has the ability and intent to hold those investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider any of these investments to be other-than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2011.

The third type of security in the Company's investment portfolio with unrealized losses at December 31, 2011 is private-label CMOs. Private-label CMOs are not backed by the full faith and credit of the U.S. Government nor are their principal and interest payments guaranteed. Historically, most private-label CMOs have carried a AAA bond rating on the underlying issuer, however, the subprime mortgage problems and decline in the residential housing market in the U.S. in recent years have led to ratings downgrades and subsequent OTTI of many CMOs. As of December 31, 2011, Metro owned eight such non-agency CMO securities in its investment portfolio with a total carrying value of $23.0 million. Management performs no less than quarterly assessments of these securities for OTTI to determine what, if any, portion of the impairment may be credit related. As part of this process, management asserts that (a) we do not have the intent to sell the securities and (b) it is more likely than not we will not be required to sell the securities before recovery of the Company's cost basis. This assertion is based, in part, upon the most recent liquidity analysis prepared for the Company's Asset/Liability Committee (ALCO) which indicates if the Company has sufficient excess funds to consider the potential purchase of investment securities and sufficient unused borrowing capacity available to meet any potential outflows. Furthermore, the Company knows of no contractual or regulatory obligations that would require these bonds to be sold.  

Next, in order to bifurcate the impairment into its components, the Company uses the Bloomberg analytical service to analyze each individual security. The Company looks at the overall bond ratings as well as specific, underlying characteristics such as pool factor, weighted-average coupon, weighted-average maturity, weighted-average life, loan to value, delinquencies, credit score, prepayment speeds, geographic concentration, etc. Using reported data for prepayment speeds, default rates, loss severity rates and lag times, the Company analyzes each bond under a variety of scenarios. As the results may vary depending upon the historic time period analyzed, the Company uses this information for the purpose of managing the investment portfolio and its inherent risk. However, the Company reports it findings based upon the three month data points for Constant Prepayment Rate (CPR) speed, default rate and loss severity as it believes this time point best captures both current and historic trends. For management purposes, the Company also analyzes each bond using an assumed, projected default rate based upon each pool's most recent level of 90-day delinquencies, bankruptcies and foreclosed real estate. This projected analysis also assumes loss severity percentages subjectively assigned to each pool based upon credit ratings.

When the analysis shows a bond to have no projected loss, there is considered to be no credit-related loss. When the analysis shows a bond to have a projected loss, a cash flow projection is created, including the projected loss, for the duration of the bond. This projection is then used to calculate the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and compared to the amortized cost basis. The difference between these two figures is recognized as the amount of OTTI due to credit loss. The difference between the total impairment and this credit loss portion is determined to be the amount related to all other factors. The amount of impairment related to credit loss is to be recognized in current earnings while the amount of impairment related to all other factors is to be recognized in other comprehensive income.

Using this method, the Company determined that at December 31, 2011, a total of six private-label CMOs had losses attributable to credit. This was due to a number of factors including the bonds' credit ratings and rising trends for delinquencies, bankruptcies and foreclosures on the underlying collateral. Of the six bonds, one no longer indicated a loss position as of December 31, 2011 while the present value of the cash flows for four of the remaining five bonds was greater than the carrying value and no further write-downs were required. For the sixth bond, the present value of its cash flows was less than its carrying value and therefore a write-down of $9,000 was required as of December 31, 2011. In total, for the year ended December 31, 2011, the Company recognized $324,000 of losses on four private-label CMOs related to credit issues and did not recapture any of the previous write-downs.

The tables below rolls forward the cumulative life to date credit losses which have been recognized in earnings for the private-label CMOs previously mentioned for the years ended December 31, 2011, 2010 and 2009, respectively:

	Private-label CMOs
(in thousands)	Available for Sale		Held to Maturity		Total
Cumulative OTTI credit losses at January 1, 2011	$	2,625	$	—	$	2,625
Additions for which OTTI was not previously recognized	—		—		—
Additional increases for OTTI previously recognized when there is    no intent to sell and no requirement to sell before recovery of    amortized cost basis	324		—		324
Cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized for securities still held    at December 31, 2011	$	2,949	$	—	$	2,949

	Private-label CMOs
(in thousands)	Available for Sale			Held to Maturity			Total
Cumulative OTTI credit losses at January 1, 2010	$	2,338		$	3		$	2,341
Additions for which OTTI was not previously recognized	675			—			675
Additional increases for OTTI previously recognized when there is    no intent to sell and no requirement to sell before recovery of    amortized cost basis	287			—			287
Reduction due to credit impaired security sold	(675		)	(3		)	(678		)
Cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized for securities still held    at December 31, 2010	$	2,625		$	—		$	2,625

	Private-label CMOs
(in thousands)	Available for Sale		Held to Maturity		Total
Cumulative OTTI credit losses at January 1, 2009	$	—	$	—	$	—
Additions for which OTTI was not previously recognized	2,338		3		2,341
Cumulative OTTI credit losses recognized for securities still held    at December 31, 2009	$	2,338	$	3	$	2,341

XML

Fair Value Measurements

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Fair Value Disclosures [Abstract]

Fair Value Measurements

Fair Value Measurements

The Company uses its best judgment in estimating the fair value of its financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets; however, there are inherent weaknesses in any estimation technique due to assumptions that are susceptible to significant change.  Therefore, for substantially all financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets, the fair value estimates herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts the Company could have realized in a sale transaction on the dates indicated. The estimated fair value amounts have been measured as of their respective year-ends and have not been reevaluated or updated for purposes of these financial statements subsequent to those respective dates.  As such, the estimated fair values of these financial instruments and certain nonfinancial assets subsequent to the respective reporting dates may be different than the amounts reported at each year-end.

Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. The Company uses the following fair value hierarchy in selecting inputs with the highest priority given to unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (Level 1 measurements) and the lowest priority to unobservable inputs (Level 3 measurements): 

Level 1: Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets that are accessible at the measurement date for identical, unrestricted assets or liabilities;

Level 2: Quoted prices in markets that are not active, or inputs that are observable either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability;

Level 3: Prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (i.e., supported with little or no market activity).

As required, financial and certain nonfinancial assets and liabilities are classified in their entirety based on the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. The following table sets forth the Company's financial assets that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, by level within the fair value hierarchy:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2011
U.S. Government agency securities	$	22,558	$	—	$	22,558	$	—
Residential MBSs	21,412		—		21,412		—
Agency CMOs	528,163		—		528,163		—
Private-label CMOs	23,006		—		23,006		—
Corporate debt securities	18,320		—		18,320		—
Securities available for sale	$	613,459	$	—	$	613,459	$	—

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2010
U.S. Government agency securities	$	21,409	$	—	$	21,409	$	—
Residential MBSs	2,386		—		2,386		—
Agency CMOs	383,214		—		383,214		—
Private-label CMOs	31,003		—		31,003		—
Securities available for sale	$	438,012	$	—	$	438,012	$	—

As of December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company did not have any liabilities that were measured at fair value on a recurring basis.

Impaired Loans (Generally Carried at Fair Value)

Impaired loans are those that the Company has measured impairment based on the fair value of the loan's collateral.  Fair value is generally determined based upon independent third party appraisals of the properties, or discounted cash flows based upon the expected proceeds. These assets are included as Level 3 fair values, based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurements. The fair value consists of the loan balances less any valuation allowance. The valuation allowance amount is calculated as the difference between the recorded investment in a loan and the present value of expected future cash flows or it is calculated based on discounted collateral values if the loans are collateral dependent. At December 31, 2011, the fair value of impaired loans with allowance allocations totaled $9.9 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.6 million and impaired loans that were partially charged off during 2011 totaled $1.2 million, net of charge-offs of $10.1 million. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of impaired loans with allowance allocations totaled $10.4 million, net of a valuation allowance of $3.6 million and impaired loans that were partially charged off during 2010 totaled $9.6 million, net of charge-offs of $5.7 million.. The Company's impaired loans are more fully discussed in Note 4.

Foreclosed Assets (Carried at Lower of Cost or Fair Value)

The fair value of real estate acquired through foreclosure was based on independent third party appraisals of the properties. The carrying value of foreclosed assets, with valuation allowances recorded subsequent to initial foreclosure, was $3.0 million and $4.8 million at December 31, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively, which are net of valuation allowances of $1.8 million and $410,000 that were established in 2011 and 2010, respectively.

For assets measured at fair value on a nonrecurring basis, the fair value measurements by level within the fair value hierarchy used were as follows:

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2011
Impaired loans with specific allocation	$	9,875	$	—	$	—	$	9,875
Impaired loans net of partial charge-offs	1,151		—		—		1,151
Foreclosed assets	3,041		—		—		3,041
Total	$	14,067	$	—	$	—	$	14,067

			Fair Value Measurements at Reporting Date Using
Description			Quoted Prices in Active Markets for Identical Assets		Significant Other Observable Inputs		Significant Unobservable Inputs
(in thousands)	Total		(Level 1)		(Level 2)		(Level 3)
December 31, 2010
Impaired loans with specific allocation	$	10,444	$	—	$	—	$	10,444
Impaired loans net of partial charge-offs	9,629		—		—		9,629
Foreclosed assets	4,774		—		—		4,774
Total	$	24,847	$	—	$	—	$	24,847

The following information should not be interpreted as an estimate of the fair value of the entire Company since a fair value calculation is only provided for a limited portion of the Company's assets and liabilities. Due to a wide range of valuation techniques and the degree of subjectivity used in making the estimates, comparisons between the Company's disclosures and those of other companies may not be meaningful. The following valuation techniques were used to estimate the fair values of the Company's financial instruments at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

Cash and Cash Equivalents (Carried at Cost)

Cash and cash equivalents include cash, balances due from banks and federal funds sold, all of which have original maturities of 90 days or less. The carrying amounts reported in the balance sheet for cash and short-term instruments approximate those assets' fair values.

Securities

The fair value of securities available for sale (carried at fair value) and held to maturity (carried at amortized cost) are determined by matrix pricing (Level 2), which is a mathematical technique used widely in the industry to value debt securities without relying exclusively on quoted market prices for the specific securities but rather by relying on the securities' relationship to other benchmark prices. In determining fair market values for its portfolio holdings, the Company receives information from a third party provider which management evaluates and corroborates. Under the current guidance, these values are considered Level 2 inputs, based upon mathematically derived matrix pricing and observed data from similar assets.  They are not Level 1 direct quotes, nor do they reflect Level 3 inputs that would be derived from internal analysis or judgment. As the Company does not manage a trading portfolio and typically only sells from its AFS portfolio in order to manage interest rate risk or credit exposure, direct quotes, or street bids, are warranted on an as-needed basis only.

Loans Held for Sale (Carried at Lower of Cost or Fair Value)

The fair value of loans held for sale is determined, when possible, using quoted secondary-market prices.  If no such quoted prices exist, the fair value of a loan is determined using quoted prices for a similar loan or loans, adjusted for the specific attributes of that loan. The Company did not write down any loans held for sale during the years ended December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Loans Receivable (Carried at Cost)

The fair value of loans, excluding impaired loans with specific loan allowances, are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, using market rates at the balance sheet date that reflect the credit and interest rate-risk inherent in the loans.  Projected future cash flows are calculated based upon contractual maturity, projected repayments and prepayments of principal.  Generally, for variable rate loans that reprice frequently and with no significant change in credit risk, fair values are based on carrying values.

Restricted Investment in Bank Stock (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amount of restricted investment in bank stock approximates fair value and considers the limited marketability of such securities.  The restricted investments in bank stock consisted of FHLB and ACBB stock at December 31, 2011 and 2010.

Accrued Interest Receivable and Payable (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amount of accrued interest receivable and accrued interest payable approximates its fair value.

Deposit Liabilities (Carried at Cost)

The fair values disclosed for demand deposits (e.g., interest and noninterest checking, passbook savings and money market accounts) are, by definition, equal to the amount payable on demand at the reporting date (i.e., their carrying amounts).  Fair values for fixed-rate certificates of deposits (CDs) are estimated using a discounted cash flow calculation that applies interest rates currently being offered in the market on certificates to a schedule of aggregated expected monthly maturities on time deposits.

Short-Term Borrowings (Carried at Cost)

The carrying amounts of short-term borrowings approximate their fair values.

Long-Term Debt (Carried at Cost)

The fair value of FHLB convertible select borrowing advances are estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices for new FHLB advances with similar credit risk characteristics, terms and remaining maturity. The price obtained from this active market represents a fair value that is deemed to represent the transfer price if the liability were assumed by a third party.  Other long-term debt was estimated using discounted cash flow analysis, based on quoted prices from a third party broker for new debt with similar characteristics, terms and remaining maturity.  The price for the other long-term debt was obtained in an inactive market where these types of instruments are not traded regularly. 

Off-Balance Sheet Financial Instruments (Disclosed at Cost)

Fair values for the Company's off-balance sheet financial instruments (lending commitments and letters of credit) are based on fees currently charged in the market to enter into similar agreements, taking into account, the remaining terms of the agreements and the counterparties' credit standing.

The estimated fair values of the Company's financial instruments were as follows at December 31, 2011 and 2010:

	2011				2010
(in thousands)	Carrying Amount		Fair  Value		Carrying Amount		Fair  Value
Financial assets:
Cash and cash equivalents	$	55,073	$	55,073	$	32,858	$	32,858
Securities	810,094		813,316		665,588		662,214
Loans, net (including loans held for sale)	1,424,407		1,445,797		1,376,192		1,358,509
Restricted investments in bank stock	16,802		16,802		20,614		20,614
Accrued interest receivable	7,378		7,378		7,347		7,347
Financial liabilities:
Deposits	$	2,071,574	$	2,074,139	$	1,832,179	$	1,835,782
Long-term debt	49,200		39,773		29,400		18,431
Short-term borrowings	65,000		65,000		140,475		140,475
Accrued interest payable	487		487		669		669
Off-balance sheet instruments:
Standby letters of credit	$	—	$	—	$	—	$	—
Commitments to extend credit	—		—		—		—

XML

Earnings (Loss) per Share

12 Months Ended

Dec. 31, 2011

Earnings Per Share [Abstract]

Earnings (Loss) per Share

Earnings (Loss) per Share

The following table sets forth the computation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share:

	For the Years Ended December 31,
	2011						2010							2009
(in thousands, except per share amounts)	Income			Weighted-average Shares	Per Share Amount		Loss			Weighted-average Shares	Per Share Amount			Loss			Weighted-average Shares	Per Share Amount
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
Net income (loss)	$	289					$	(4,337	)					$	(1,898	)
Preferred stock dividends	(80		)				(80		)					(80		)
Income (loss) available to common stockholders	209			13,919	$	0.02	(4,417		)	13,563	$	(0.33	)	(1,978		)	8,241	$	(0.24	)
Effect of dilutive securities:
Stock options				—						—							—
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
Income (loss) available to common stockholders plus assumed conversions	$	209		13,919	$	0.02	$	(4,417	)	13,563	$	(0.33	)	$	(1,978	)	8,241	$	(0.24	)

There were 1,076,067 common stock options excluded from the computation of diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2011 which were exercisable between the prices of $8.46 and $33.50 per option. There were 1,069,774 options excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2010 which were exercisable between the prices of $11.55 and $33.50 per option. There were 1,030,267 options excluded from the computation of diluted loss per share for the year ended December 31, 2009 which were exercisable between the prices of $6.93 and $33.50 per option. They were excluded because of their anti-dilutive impact.